Home

OWNER`S MANUAL - Ryedale Garages

1. 8 5 ROERO SSR 4 6 Road Warning APRE occu ona eatsasnasecnascosacesmneredeastoastcmncneaneeneacanent 6 2 Rockin the Vele 5 39 Scheduled maintenance service ccsncoseicenscaduviessoscsavncedueataess 7 6 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 16 Normal maintenance schedule 7 7 SUI ario 3 15 Pre tensioner seat belt sicario rire 3 22 la DE e E 3 20 Lap shoulder belt nso cosinneanceaecszsestnunsceusseavnctnccoencastes 3 18 S E E A E 3 16 SeaAtDack POCKET scien satinata iationa 3 8 ille 3 2 Headrest viscccssscssasececsssavsvccevecnscessseosveenscsveseoenvevevas 3 5 3 9 Folding the rear Scalia 3 10 Front seat adjustment manual 3 4 Rella 3 9 Seatback pocket ARRE RR 3 8 HESSE 5 22 SEL ARR RR A 3 51 SUC PRE 4 9 OO ET CASE IRARIR RE PROVE CORICARIAON I IRIARR ARA TOR OPE 5 40 DO AVI E MPA RR E OE 5 43 Spare tyre Removing and storing the spare tyre 6 9 Index Special driving conditions iaia 5 39 Driving at night iii 5 40 Driving in flooded ATCAS i si55c00ssiniesieseenteeeceiiaacodad ates 5 42 Driving in the rain 5 41 Hazardous driving conditions 5 39 Highway dEVS urrrnilinicricininoia 5 42 Rocking the vehicle iz ntescisciasesaredivleredectetiusisaueodedsades 5 39 Smooth cornering s sesseseerereseeeeeseressseessesssssssessee 5 40
2. OTA040073R Defrost Level Instrument panel vents Temperature control Most of the air flow is directed to the You can adjust the direction of air deliv The temperature control knob allows you windscreen with a small amount of air ery from these vents using the vent con to control the temperature of the air flow directed to the side window defrosters trol lever as shown ing from the ventilation system To e The outlet vents can be closed by mov change the air temperature in the pas ing the vent control lever to the direc senger compartment turn the knob to tion of the arrow shown S lt on the the right for warm air or left for cooler air lever e The direction of air delivery can be adjusted by moving vent control lever to the direction preferred OTA040074 Features of your vehicle Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol lows Whilst pressing the OFF button press the AUTO button for 4 seconds or more The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Centigrade OTA040075 Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position press the control button Recirculated air position a With the recirculated air p
3. e TA VOL TA VOL MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU Adjusts the TA Traffic Announcement vol ume level according to normal audio vol ume level Features of your vehicle e REGION REGION MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU Selects whether REGION code is used ON or not OFF once the radio deter mines the AF jump condition If AUTO is selected AF jump condition is deter mined automatically via PI reception sta tus e CLOCK Select this item to enter Clock setup mode 12 24Hr Auto Time e 12 24 Hr Select 12 24 Hr button to enter Time Format menu e Auto Select Auto button to enter Automatic RDS Time menu e Time Select Time button to enter Time setting Adjust the hour and press the button to set Adjust the minute and press the button to complete and exit from clock adjustment mode Pressing the button for 0 8 sec onds whilst in power off screen will allow the user to make immediately adjust ments to the clock e PHONE if equipped Select this item to enter PHONE setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERA TION section for detailed information PHONE menu is not available if the audio does not support Bluetooth fea tures e PBASS PowerBass This function creates virtual sound effects and allows adjustments to the Bass level Off Low Mid High Off AM Mode is not supported Features of your vehicle
4. NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the front fog light 2 eva A A do Ke ORBC040053 ORBC040052E ORB040053E ORB040053L OTA04021 7RIOTAO4O21 8R Rear fog light if equipped Features of your vehicle To turn the rear fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the headlight on posi tion and turn the rear fog light switch 1 to the on position The rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog light switch is turned on after the headlight switch is in the parklight posi tion or highlight position To turn the rear fog lights off turn the rear fog light switch to the on position again or turn the headlight switch off with Auto light To turn off the rear fog lights turn the switch to OFF without Auto light NOTICE To turn on the rear fog light switch the ignition switch must be in the ON position i OTA040200R Headlight levelling device if equipped Manual type To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of passengers and loading weight in the luggage area turn the beam levelling switch The higher the number of the switch position the lower the headlight beam level Always keep the headlight beam at the proper levelling position or head lights may dazzle other road users Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings For loading conditions other than those listed below adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be th
5. Digital clock Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows ru va j men a ooms Sor a a 4 mmm OTA040089 Setup the clock Type A Type B With audio off 1 Press the SETUP or Clock button until the clock of the display blinks 2 Set the clock by turning the knob 1 and press it Features of your vehicle With audio on 1 Press the SETUP or Clock button until the clock adjust mode displayed 2 Set the clock by turning the knob 1 and press it e 7 OUN026348 Setup the clock Type C Clothes hanger if equipped Hour To use the hanger pull down the upper Turn the knob to the left H will advance portion of hanger the time displayed by one hour CAUTION Minute Do not hang heavy clothes since Turn the knob to the right M will those may damage the hook advance the time displayed by one minute ee ee ee eee g e e e e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors SEE OEL049222 E Do not stack floor mats on top of
6. WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury RSAE3090A Securing a child restraint system with ISOFIX system and Tether Anchorage system if equipped ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit ting child seats that eliminates the need to use the standard adult seat belt to secure the seat in the vehicle This enables a much more secure and posi tive location with the added benefit of easier and quicker installation An ISOFIX seat can only be installed if it has vehicle specific approval in accor dance with the requirements of ECE R44 Safety features of your vehicle 7 f OTA030014 There is a child restraint symbol located on the lower portion of each side of the rear seatbacks These symbols indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped Safety features of your vehicle Both rear outboard seats are equipped with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well as a corresponding top tether anchorage on the back side of the back rest The ISOFIX anchorages are located between seat cushion and back rest marked with the ISOFIX icon For installation CRS ISOFIX connecters have to engage with the vehicles ISOFIX anchorages listen for a CLICK check potential
7. picanto _ r rrrT r lt rerereryw lt _ r gt gt OWNER S MANUAL KID KIA MOTORS The Power to Surprise KIA THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors 1s dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations At all of our Kia dealerships you will be treated with warmth hospitality and professionalism by people who care based on our Family like Care promise All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Enjoy your vehicle and Kia s Family like Care experience FOREWORD S Thank you for choosing a KIA vehicle When you require service remember that your dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained technicians recommended special tools genuine KIA replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete sat isfaction Because subsequent owners require this important infor mation as well this publicatio
8. 36 250 CLI R15 di N 9 11 65 79 88 107 E A 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 spare E A THos70 D14 ue ae 60 420 60 420 60 420 60 420 WEIGHT VOLUME 1 340 1 370 1 370 operon 2 954 3 020 3 020 Gross vehicle weight kg IDS corson 1 300 1 330 1 330 p 2 866 2 932 2 932 Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Engine oil drain and refill 1 0L Engine 2 9 I 3 06 US qt API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above R ds For E Sa oe If the API service SM engine oil is not available in AY HELD S 1 25L Engine 3 6 1 3 80 US qt your country you are able to use API service SL Motor oils Engine oil Normal driving condition MAX 1L 1 500km consumption Severe driving condition MAX 1L 1 000 km Diamond ATF SP III SK ATF SP III Automatic transaxle 1 0L Engine 5 7 1 6 02 US qt fluid 1 25L Engine 6 1 Z 6 45 US qt Manual transaxle fluid 1 9 2 0 US qt API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol Brake clutch fluid 0 7 0 8 0 7 0 8 US at FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 35102408 gel Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers
9. NOTICE x NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof The sunroof cannot slide when it is in may not work properly due to freez the tilt position nor can it be tilted whilst ing conditions in an open or slide position e After a vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it CAUTION N Do not continue to move the sun OTA040022 roof control lever after the sun roof is fully opened closed or tilt ed Damage to the motor or sys If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the tem components could occur sunroof control lever located on the over e Make sure the sunroof is closed head console fully when leaving your vehicle If the sunroof is open rain or The sunroof can only be opened closed snow may leak through the sun or tilted when the ignition switch is in the roof and wet the interior as well ON position as cause theft Features of your vehicle To open the sunroof pull the sunroof control lever backward To close the sunroof push the sunroof control lever forward To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the s
10. x Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Dial Number 2 Say Dial lt digit gt EB Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press button on the steering wheel NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo 3 When driving on a rough road 4 When driving at high speeds 5 When the window is open 6 When the air conditioning vents
11. 6 Bie Button e When the button is pressed it auto matically scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through each station starting from the initial station for 5 seconds Features of your vehicle If no action is taken for 5 seconds after pressing the button it will return to the play mode After entering SETUP mode move between items using the left right and PUSH functions of the knob The setup changes in the order of Scroll SDVC Media Clock Phone PBass Scroll e Press the ISIS AN button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel 7 Button AUTO STORE When the button is pressed it automati cally selects and saves channels with high reception rate to PRESET buttons CED J and plays the channel saved in PRESET1 If no channel is saved after AST it will play the previous e mPa GEE Quoto russi AUDIO Scroll cu This function is used to display charac channel ters longer than the LCD text display and 8 PEW Button can be turned On Off through the sound Turn ON OFF the displayed data and quality control knob light on LCD When LCD Display is turned OFF Press ant button to turn ON display 9 Button Press this button to turn to the SETUP adjustment mode e SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control This function automatically adjusts the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle and can be turned On Off
12. 8 Seat warmer 9 Walk in seat for 3 door vehicle only 10 Headrest Rear seat 11 Headrest 12 Seatback folding if equipped OTA030001R OTA032001L Safety features of your vehicle d WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats AX WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback AX WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion WARNING Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an acci dent or
13. MPS BROS SE Otuto 4 TA_EU_AUDIO 12 amp Knob Rotate the knob clockwise or counter clock wise to increase or decrease from current frequency Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise e BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise e MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to empha size rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the con trol knob is turned counterclockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated e BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left soeaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated Features of your vehicle Using CD Player 1 QUERY Button CD If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Media for 3 sec on
14. OTA040016R N f equipped The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power window lock but ton located on the driver s door to the LOCK position pressed When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control can oper ate all door s power windows For Europe When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the front and rear passen ger door power windows Except Europe CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed Features of your vehicle WARNING Windows NEVER leave the ignition key in the vehicle NEVER leave any child unattend ed in the vehicle Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move entan gle themselves in the windows or otherwise injure themselves or others Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a win dow Do not allow children to play with the power windows Keep the dri vers doo
15. Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windscreen Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind screen set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning All KIA Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Press the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the temperature gauge closel
16. PO noiosa 4 42 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 4 Starine e CIN iniziale iaia 5 9 Steene Wheel esseen E odoinn 4 34 Electric power steerifig iii sai 4 34 Heated steering wheel siriana 4 35 FEO E T 4 36 Tilt steering lle 4 34 Steering wheel audio control scccercseveusessesancusanetsaverarre lt ts 4 108 Storage compartment scri 4 100 GONE DOK FERRE RO ER 4 100 Sunglass holder i 4 100 Sunglass holde iii 4 100 TOOL ae E E E E A EAE 4 30 O e E E E E 4 103 LE 01 ARRE RR IRR 4 42 lla in 4 18 II ARR A E TE 4 34 00 EEE 6 21 Emergency LO WANS PRETE RIPER FRA ROS CATA 6 22 Transaxle Automatic transaxle viecaccccsanamnsncsnonaevacteonernoecsnsenntaones 5 19 Manual transaxle cry 5 16 TOPIC sipario 4 44 TITS COMIN E E anata E O 4 43 Tyre specification and pressure label 8 7 Tyresand WCEIS sori 7 40 8 2 Checking tyre inflation pressure 7 41 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures 7 40 bic AR 7 40 BICI Ori 7 45 Tyre TEAC CMON ap ariano 7 44 TPAC TOU 0 PRE Or E O VARCARE PAT TR 7 42 Tyre sidewall labeling cocccscsnencssvnaesvesssoneesocesnennesotes 7 46 A TRACOM PORRE RO 7 45 Wheel alignment and tyre balance 7 43 Wheel replace MET sdaasadecuicenacncpnanciossateecermmcaemeemanbations 7 45 V Vanity mirror AMP 4 103 Vehicle break ifi DIOGGSS sssssicrs
17. e When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm 47 in to 32 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently e When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm 31 in to 16 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently e When an object is within 40 cm 15 in of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously Features of your vehicle Non operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will Operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradi ent 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water The sens ing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such
18. function in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution whilst operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion or repair shop W 75 28 Anti lock brake system ABS if equipped WARNING ABS or ESP will not prevent acci dents due to improper or danger ous driving manoeuvres Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The braking distance for cars equipped with an anti lock braking system or Electronic Stability Program system may be longer than for those without it in the fol lowing road conditions During these conditions the vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds e Rough gravel or snow covered roads e With tyre chains installed Continued Continued e On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height The safety features of an ABS or ESP equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering This could endanger the safety of yourself or others The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the
19. s door is closed Features of your vehicle Overspeed warning if equipped 120 km h Overspeed warning light If you drive with the speed of 120 km h or more the overspeed warning light will blink This is to prevent you from over speeding DI This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out This light also comes on when the EPS has some troubles If it comes on whilst driving have your vehicle inspected by an authorised KIA dealer Electric power steering EPS system warning light if equipped Icy road warning light if equipped A This warning light illuminates when out side temperature is below 4 C since the road may be icy at this temperature range And it turns off when outside tem perature is over 6 C If the warning light comes on whilst driv ing you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over speeding rapid acceleration sudden braking or sharp turning etc KEY low battery indicator if equipped Smart key battery warning light if equipped KEY If the battery of smart key in the vehicle is discharged with engine start stop but ton in the OFF position this warning light blinks for about 3 seconds Replace the battery with new one Auto stop indicator if equipped A This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the ISG Idle Stop and Go system When the aut
20. 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 20W 50 Petrol 15W 40 Engine Oil 10W 30 5W 20 5W 30 be damaged For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart 2 In Middle East do not use the engine oil of viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN taper CERTIFICATION Frame number VIN label if equipped m Type A OTA080002 The vehicle certification label attached on the drivers or front passenger s side centre pillar gives the vehicle identifica tion number VIN OTA080001 OBH088005N The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership etc OBH088005N H The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windscreen from outside Specifications amp Consumer information TYRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL 1 0 Petrol amp Al a 3 The tyres supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tyre label located on the driver s side centre pillar gives the tyre pressures r
21. Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat Ensure that the seat back is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback Otherwise in an accident or sudden stop the seat could fold down and allow cargo enter the passenger com N CAUTION Rear seat belts When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position d WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Do not place objects in the rear seats since they cannot be proper 3 Replace the rear seat belt to the prop ly secured and may hit the front er position partment which could result in serious injury or death CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear seatback insert the buckle between the rear seatback and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback seat occupants in a collision AX WARNING Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off the automatic transaxle is in P Park or the manual transaxle is in 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift
22. If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorised KIA dealer before the car is driven again Automatic transaxle shift indicator if equipped ht INS The indicator displays to show the auto matic transaxle shift lever selection Manual m Type A E Type B tenente SP a AZ vo if equipped V2 This indicator informs you which gear is desired whilst driving to save fuel For example A Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd gear wa Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th gear NOTICE When the system is not working prop erly up amp down arrow indicator and Gear are not displayed If you select the ECO OFF in the trip computer the manual transaxle shift indicator will not illuminate Charging system warning light ii This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on whilst the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob
23. Rear brake drums and linings if equipped Check the rear brake drums and linings for scoring burning leaking fluid broken parts and excessive wear Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant if equipped Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F Full and L Low OTA070002L Checking the engine oil level If it is near or at L Low add enough oil to 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground bring the level to F Full Do not overfill 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach i normal operating temperature Use a funnel to help prevent oil from 3 Turn the
24. and come on for approxi mately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open Features of your vehicle However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON posi tion the room lamp stays on con tinuously e OFF The lights turn off even if a door is opened e ON The room lamp stay on at all times gt OM Luggage room lamp if equipped DOOR In the DOOR position the room The luggage room lamp comes on when lamp come on when any door is the tailgate is opened opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are AN CAUTION unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The room lamp goes out gradu ally after approximately 30 sec onds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the room lamp will turn off immedi ately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes The luggage room lamp comes on as long as the tailgate opens To prevent unnecessary charging sys tem drain close the tailgate secure ly after using the luggage room Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER 4 CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window NOTICE If you want to defrost a
25. in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic If you operate air conditioner exces sively the difference between the tem perature of the outside air and that of the windscreen could cause the outer surface of the windscreen to fog up causing loss of visibility In this case set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed con trol to the lower speed Outside air Recirculated Evaporator core Climate control air filter Heater core OHM048209 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windscreen even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorised KIA dealer Features of your vehicle gt NOTICE Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the
26. make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage _ lt j What to do in an emergency 10 To reinstall the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight The nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward Jiggle the tyre to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fin gers again 11 Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise ORB060005 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorised KIA dealer tight en the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminum alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 lb ft What to do in an emergency If you have a tyre gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service
27. senger s front air bag ON indicator 3 Side impact air bag mocules The SRS air bag warning light on comes on and goes off after 4 Curtain air bag modules the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 60 seconds and the 5 Driver s knee air bag module about 6 seconds after the ignition switch passenger s front air bag will inflate 6 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies is turned to the ON position after which ina frontal impact even if the pas 7 Air bag warning light the SRS air bag warning light senger s front air bag ON OFF 8 SRS control module SRSCM should go out switch is set to the OFF position ui A i 9 Side impact sensors If this occurs have an authorised 40 Anch lens blv KIA dealer inspect the passenger s i i a ate Pack Geer front air bag ON OFF switch and the driver si e sible switch 12 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF indicator if equipped Safety features of your vehicle The front air bag modules are located both in the centre of the steering wheel in the front passenger s panel above the glove box and or in the driver s side knee bolster When the SRSCM detects a suf ficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full
28. tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM MW LW reception JBM002 AM MW LW broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM MW LW radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage Features of your vehicle FM radio station F Station 2 Mountains Bots JBM003 JBM005 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high Fading As your car moves away from Station Swapping As a FM signal frequencies and do not bend to follow the the radio station the signal will weaken weakens another more powerful sig earth s surface Because of this FM and sound will begin to fade When this nal near the same frequency may broadcasts generally begin to fade at occurs we suggest that you select begin to play This is because your short distances from the station Also another stronger station radio is designed to lock onto the clear FM signals are easily affected by build Flutter Static Weak FM signals or est signal If this occurs select anoth ings mountains or other obstructions large obstructions between the trans er station with a stronger
29. than a conventional tyre and is designed for temporary use only CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tyre and rim at the first opportunity e The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tyre in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60 psi NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tyre Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tyre observe the following precautions e Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tyre Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare e Any continuous road use of this tyre could result in tyre failure loss of vehicle control and possible personal injury e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tyre e Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tyre diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tyre and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through a
30. the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident possibly injur ing the passengers in the vehicle Do not open the sunglass holder whilst the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES WARNING Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating CAUTION Only a genuine KIA lighter should be used in the cigarette lighter OTA040086 Cigarette lighter if equipped Ashtray if equipped socket The use of plug in acces For the cigarette lighter to work the igni sories shavers hand held vacu To use the ashtray open the cover tion switch must be in the ACC position ums and coffee pots etc may To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out or the ON position damage the socket or cause electri Use the ashtray by leaning it to the cup To use the cigarette lighter push it all the cal failure holder right beside way into its socket When the element has heated the lighter will pop out to the ready position i WARNING Ashtray use If it is necessary to replace the cigarette e Do not use the vehicle s ashtrays lighter use only a genuine KIA replace as waste receptacles ment or its approved equivalent e Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other
31. 101 CORR 4 101 Clothes ANC errori 4 105 Cap BOCE serene mene rent rent On tor OT ner Te 4 102 Digital clocker nia 4 104 Floor mat anchors siano 4 106 Power outlet so iis saucteneseuenadeda ees tneientneenattl 4 103 USO 4 103 VADIM 4 103 MATE GPO He earn in ran 4 78 nterior Overview sirririniic ni 2 2 Jack and 00 Sii 6 8 J mp SPAT A E etara nitrito 6 5 Ko O Key PIO BILTONG RR E 5 4 Foa 4 3 Index ii L Label Air bag warning labelicosini rina 3 61 Tyre sidewall labeling 5 cxcsscceieuzasnsetossepessesmsimenannconnns 7 46 Tyre specification and pressure label 8 7 Vehicle certification LAD Circ ssasnssestcecenceceensacesanehatinteaanend 8 6 Lana 7 61 ERRE 4 67 Battery saver function rr 4 67 Daytime running Hebt s iescrestscssstesasneserecnevieanedeanceaaed 4 67 Headlight escort function jcidinentnand aesactaestnctcenbansmeaates 4 67 Headlight welcome function 4 67 Lubricants and capacities 00oooeesseeoeseeeeeeeettreeterrereeee 8 4 _M Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 18 NM aT ANC CSCC VC S oriali 7 3 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 16 Normal maintenance schedule cs cctssiseeineirwiseuvexitencdsxaees 7 7 Owner maintenance eeesesesssesssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssseee 7 4 Scheduled maintenance service sessioni 7 6 Jyre maintenineE SRP A 7 45 Maintenance Serv ICES sro 7 3 116 M
32. 2 Folder playing order Order of playing files folders If no song file is contained in the 1 Song playing order to sequen folder that folder is not displayed tially Root FolderA gt Folder AA Folder ABA ca Folder D Song File gt Folder ABB Folder BA Folder BB Folder AA D 6 DO DO N r Folder AB To ABA Folder ABB Folder B ca BA D O _ De Folder BB D _ Lie Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off whilst the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work lt may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 lt can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the co
33. A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorised KIA dealer to protect it from potential theft e The smart key will not work if any of following occur The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key You keep the smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a mobile phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorised KIA dealer Features of your vehicle CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED SECURITY SYSTEM 0JC040170 Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm sys tem will have a label attached to the vehi cle with the following words 1 WARNING 2 SECURITY SYSTEM Theft alarm stage Disarmed stage This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorised entry into the car This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is
34. Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe col lision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Noise and smoke Whe
35. Any tyres that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tyre should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tyre sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tyre consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tyre size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1611 represents that the tyre was produced in the 16th week of 2011 _ _ j Maintenance E 4 Tyre ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tyre Tyre manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tyre which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tyre Do not exceed the maximum permissibl
36. Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION if equipped 1 button Places and transfers calls 2 button Ends calls or cancels func tions 3 button Raises or lowers speak er volume 4 Mute the microphone during a call m What is Bluetooth Bluetooth is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset wire less remote control etc For more infor mation visit the Bluetooth website at www Bluetooth com m General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth hands free and stereo headset fea tures HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from mobile phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth features e Only one selected connected mobile phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology m Phone Setup All Bluetooth related operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Rotate the knob to move the cursor between items
37. Maintenance 1 2 3 OTA070026 Headlight Position light Bulb type Open the bonnet Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly Install a new headlight bulb Connect the headlight bulb socket connector Install the headlight bulb cover by turn ing it clockwise if equipped NOTICE If the headlight aiming adjustment is nec essary after the headlight assembly is rein stalled consult an authorised KIA dealer Traffic Change For Europe The low beam light distribution is asym metric If you go abroad to a country with oppo site traffic direction this asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car driver To pre vent dazzle ECE regulation demand several technical solutions ex automatic change system adhesive sheet down aiming This headlamps are designed not to dazzle opposite drivers So you need not change your headlamps in a country with opposite traffic direction __ OTA070027 Turn signal light 1 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket Insert a new
38. PF G2 4A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay Ignition Switch PDM Relay Box ESCL Relay a PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Engine Control Relay Fuse F23 10A I PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Cooling Fan Relay MULTI FUSE Maintenance Symbol M Protected Component FIPUMPI PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Fuel Pump 1 Relay EDO a PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp HI Relay EEE PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp LO Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Horn Relay Burglar Alarm Horn Relay MI e 15A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box A C Relay 10A PCM B3LA 10A TCM F3LA F4LA F3LA PCM B3LA FUSE B UP TA Transaxle Range Switch TCM PCM ESP Control Module Rear Bumper Lamp General head LP Instrument Cluster BCM Back Up Lamp LH RH Back Up Lamp Switch R 10A ECM PCM Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch INJECTOR 15A TCM PCM Injector 1 2 3 Injector 4 G4LA Jumper Wire 1 Crash Pad Switch B4LA Fuel Pump 2 Relay B3LA ZO UH 15A Head Lamp LH G3LA G4LA F3LA TCM ECM Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Oxygen Sensor UP DOWN Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Oil Control Valve 1 2 PCB Fuse amp Relay Box SENSOR 15A A C Relay Cooling Fan Relay Start Relay B3LA PCM Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 PCB Fuse amp Relay Box A C Relay Cooling Fan Relay Oxygen Sensor UP DOWN Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Oil Control Valve 1 2 Variable Intake Solenoid Valv
39. Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Select Phone after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select SELECT in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list Deleting Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing procedure must be completed once more 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Delete Phone after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select DELETE in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list e Changing Priority When several phones are paired to the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Change Priority after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone fr
40. RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to shuffle order of albums in cur rent category Album Random e To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again Features of your vehicle AST SCAN AST SCAN CLOCK CLOCK ENTER AUDIO ENTER AUDIO PUSH PUSH 2RPT 3 menu A FOLDER 5 ROM 6 INFO v fi Pi 5 RDM TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO 7 ELAT Button MENU 9 KUNJ Knob amp GMJ Button Moves to the upper category from cur When you rotate the knob clockwise it rently played category of the iPod will display the songs category ahead To move to play the category song of the song currently played category in displayed press knob the same level You will be able to search through the Also when you rotate the knob counter lower category of the selected category clockwise it will display the songs cate The order of iPod s category is Playlist gory before the song currently played Artist Albums Genres Songs Composers category in the same level To listen to the song displayed in the 8 Ka Button song category press the button to skip to Displays the information of the file cur and play the selected song rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM NORMAL DISPLAY Displays no information if the file has no song information Features of your vehicle
41. TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED OTA050010 Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 5 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom plished Depress the clutch pedal down fully whilst shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal if equipped The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rpm in the red zone CAUTION e When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear caution should be taken not to inadvertently press the shift lever sideways in such a manner that the second gear is engaged Such a drastic down shift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine and transaxle may possi bly cause engine damage Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such a downshifting may damage the engine e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up This is normal and no
42. V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 30 70 C 22 158 F Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 170 x 150 x 60 mm 6 7 x 5 9 x 2 4 in Sealant bottle 85 x 77 mm 3 3 x 3 0 in Compressor weight 0 8 kg 1 8 Ibs Sealant volume 200 ml 12 2 cu in Sealing compound and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorised vehicle or tyre dealer Empty sealing com pound bottles may be disposed of at home Liquid residue from the sealing compound should be dis posed of by your vehicle or tyre dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations What to do in an emergency TOWING It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lifted not the rear OPA067015 OPA067017 Towing service A If emergency towing is necessary we CAUTION l i recommend having it done by an autho e Do not tow the vehicle with the rised KIA dealer or a commercial tow front wheels on the ground as truck service Proper lifting and towing this may cause damage to the procedures are necessary to prevent v
43. Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Doorilock unlockibuttone t 4 15 2 Central door lock switch 4 16 3 Power window switchesS 4 20 4 Power window lock button 4 23 5 Outside rearview mirror control SWIC E S E kan E 4 38 6 Outside rearview mirror folding SWIS E a Aree tenet I n 4 39 7 Bonnet release lever 4 25 8 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 27 9 Steering WhEEel 4 34 10 Steering wheel tilt control 4 35 11 Headlight levelling device 4 73 12 Idle Stop and Go system OFF button Ra A Ra 5 12 P ESP OFF DURON es 5 30 14 Heated steering wheel switch 4 35 TO ABUSE DOK ete ieee oe ea 7 51 16 Brake pedal evacuees erect 5 25 17 Accelerator pedal if equipped OTA010001R Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW ISinstrument cliusie STRESA 4 41 20HONi erase Re 4 36 3 Driverisifront alrbag ana 3 46 4 Light control Turn signals 4 70 5 WiperWasher ra 4 74 6 Ignition switch or ENGINE START STOP button 5 4 5 6 7 Hazard warning flasher switch 4 66 6 2 SR AUCIOMe ramen ese een 4 107 9 Climate control system 4 81 4 90 i0 Shfelever se ee es 5 16 5 19 11 S
44. a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can t operate normally WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat whilst the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel whilst maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 250 mm 10 inches away from the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Rear seatbacks e The rear seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled hi
45. above the glove box in a vehicle with a passenger s air bag Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger s air bag inflates When installing a container of liq uid air freshener inside the vehi cle do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface It may become a dangerous pro jectile and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates were deployed The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS 2 warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on after illumi nating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on whilst driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorised KIA dealer Continued Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 4 i i i OTA030048R Driver s and passenger s front air bag if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and the lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indications of the system s presence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and or on the cover of the drivers side knee bolster located below the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The S
46. air cleaner filter 5 Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips Maintenance Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule N CAUTION If the vehicle is operated in extremely e Do not drive with the air cleaner dusty or sandy areas replace the removed this will result in exces element more often than the usual sive engine wear recommended intervals Refer to e When removing the air cleaner fil Maintenance under severe usage condi ter be careful that dust or dirt tions in this section does not enter the air intake or damage may result e Use a KIA genuine part Use of non genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is operated in the severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you the owner replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the following proce dure and be careful to avoid damaging other components Replace the filter according to the main E tenance Schedule Filter replacement 1 With the glove box open remove the stoppers on both sides 6 Cla a 1 i l _ i Pi MOTA070015 H 2 Remove the climate control air filter cover whilst pressing the lock on the both side of th
47. and push the button to select Phone 3 Rotate the IUN knob to move the cursor between items and push the SMa button to select a desired item Features of your vehicle e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth features the phone must be paired registered with the audio system Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE PHONE menu 3 The audio displays searching ___ passkey 0000 4 Search the Bluetooth system on your phone Your phone should display your vehicle model name on the Bluetooth device list Then attempt pairing on your phone then PAIR in NOTE e If the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KIA PICANTO you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from KIA_PICANTO t
48. are facing the microphone 7 When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth Mobile phone To stream music from the Bluetooth mobile phone play your music files on your mobile phone according to your mobile phone user s manual and press the button on the audio system until MP3 play is displayed on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE e In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your mobile phone supports can be played by the audio system e Bluetooth compatible mobile phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabilities e Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth mobile phones may not play music through the audio sys tem initially These mobile phones may need to have the Bluetooth streaming enabled for example i e MenuFilemanager Music Option Play via Bluetooth e Please refer to User s Guide for your mobile phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth mobile phone music streaming stop music play back on the mobile phone or change the audio mode to AM FM CD iPod ect Features of your vehicle m Key matrix No KEY i Connected FEE LUI Disco
49. auxiliary device is not connected displays No Media for 3 seconds and return to the previous mode 2 WLAS Button Press the Bamana button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 second to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the a button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 BEE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to play songs randomly in current folder Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 4 GB Button REPEAT e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder e To cancel REPEAT press this button again Features of your vehicle IV PUSH AUDIO MPS FE eten FILE TUNE 5 6 FOLDERA TA_GEN_USB 5 Bes Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 MEJ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FI
50. available or not Octane Rating of leaded petrol is same with unleaded one Petrol containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of petrol and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and petrol or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being mar keted along with or instead of leaded or unleaded petrol Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use petrol or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Petrol or gasohol containing methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability Introduction a_i Use of MTBE KIA recommends avoiding fuels contain ing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapour lock or hard starting CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing
51. bags whilst still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned drivers and passen gers can be severely injured by inflating air bags Never lean against the door or centre console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to ride in the front seat when the pas senger s front air bag OFF indica tor is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued Continued e No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel driver s side knee bolster and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If the SRS air bag warning light 2 remains illuminated whilst the vehicle is being driven have an authorised KIA dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible Air bags can only be used once have an authorised KIA dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e The SRS is designed to deplo
52. belt and pull on the loose end to tighten The belt should be placed as low as pos sible on your hips not on your waist If the belt is too high it could increase the possibility of your being injured in an accident Safety features of your vehicle OTA032025 B210A02NF 2 rai OTA030027 When using the rear centre seat belt the To release the seat belt Stowing the rear seat belt buckle with the CENTER mark must be When you want to release the seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed used press the button 1 in the locking buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use The centre seat belt can be stowed with WARNING the plate and webbing rolled in the pock The centre lap belt latching mecha et between the rear seatback and cush nism is different from those for the ion 2 point static type belt if equipped rear seat shoulder belts When fas tening the rear seat shoulder belts or the centre lap belt make sure they are inserted into the correct buckles to obtain maximum protec tion from the seat belt system and assure proper operation Safety features of your vehicle Pre tensioner seat belt if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat b
53. bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Maintenance Position light DRL LED type or Position light LED type if equipped If the light bulb does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer OTA070045L Front fog light or DRL or Front fog light DRL if equipped 1 Remove the under cover by rotating the screws 2 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 3 Disconnect the power connector 4 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing 5 Install the new bulb socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise 6 Connect the power connector 7 Reinstall the front under cover OTA070029 Side repeater light bulb replace ment Type A If the light bulb does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer Maintenance OTA070028 Type B 1 Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out 2 Disconnect the bulb electrical connec tor 3 Separate the socket and the lens parts by turnin
54. bulb by pulling it straight out 4 Install a new bulb in the socket and install the socket to the lens 5 Reinstall the lens securely Maintenance Map lamp Interior light bulb replacement 5 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interior light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place ioe CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens lens tab and plastic housings OTA070037 ORB070064 Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not remove
55. by an authorised KIA dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS OTA040005R Operating door locks from out side the vehicle Mechanical key Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock unlock the door with a key the doors will lock unlock If you lock unlock the driver s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock automatically if equipped Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely Transmitter Smart key Doors can be locked and unlocked with the transmitter or smart key if equipped Doors can be locked and unlocked pressing the button of the outside door handle with the smart key in your pos session Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door locks and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in or
56. con sult an authorised KIA dealer for fur ther information on additional require ments such as a towing kit etc Always drive your vehicle at a moder ate speed less than 100 km h 60 mph On a long uphill grade do not exceed 70 km h 45 mph or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower The chart contains important consider ations that have to do with weight Without brake System Maximum trailer weight Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device kg Ibs Recommended distance from rear wheel centre to coupling point mm inch kg Ibs With brake System 1 543 Petrolio eons 400 882 700 ol 28 62 400 882 700 1 543 28 62 0 0 400 882 Driving your vehicle Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight C190E01JM Weight of the trailer What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your trailer For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equip ment that you have on your vehicle Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02JM Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it aff
57. continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorised KIA dealer promptly CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy CAUTION If the Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates potential catalytic con verter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as pos sible by an authorised KIA dealer Engine coolant tempera ture warning light if equipped E a a a The warning light illuminates if the tem perature of the engine coolant is above 120 3 0 C 248 5 4 F Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to Overheating in section 6 NOTICE If the engine coolant temperature warn ing light illuminates it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle ESP indicator Electronic Stability Program if equipped ee The ESP indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESP is on it monitors the driving conditions Under normal driving conditions the ESP indicator will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESP will oper ate and the ESP indicator will blink to indicate the ESP is ope
58. descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Engine compartment fuse panel Projection head lamp type only Maintenance Instrument panel Driver s side fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component Luggage Lamp A C Control Module BCM TACM Auto Light amp Photo Sensor Cup Holder ROOM1 awel 10A ILL Instrument Cluster Ignition Key ILL amp Door Warning Switch Driver Vanity Lamp Overhead Console Lamp With Sunroof Room Lamp W O Sunroof AUDIO Audio W O ISG Low DC DC Convertor With ISG P WDW LH LH Rear Power Window Switch LH Power Window Main Switch Passenger Safety Power na Window Module Passenger Power Window Switch PWDW RH ae RH ES Rear Power Window Switch RH Power Window Main Switch Driver Power Window Switch HTD MIRR Mc 10A Diver Passenger Power Outside Mirror ECM PCM A C Control Module A CON 10A A C Control Module BLOWER 10A ECM PCM Blower Switch Blower Resistor DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Unlock Relay Tailgate Unlock Relay SAFETY P WDW i 25A Driver Safety Power Window Module S HTD 15A Driver Passenger Seat Heater TAIL LH GE Lu 10A LA R pes ET Lamp LH License Lamp Rear Bumper Lamp TAIL RH n RH 10A l LH License Lamp ILL Rear Bumper Lamp Projection Lamp START O 10A Ignition Lock Switch ECM PCM PCB fuse amp Relay
59. designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they iim also may inflate in other types of colli N se m e sions if the front impact sensors detect a w P os NO ss sufficient impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in wn side impact collisions but they may n RS inflate in other collisions if the side i impact sensors detect a sufficient 7 impact OSA098120 If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads the air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions OTF030042 Side impact a curtain air tuoi if equipped Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Safety features of your vehicle OPA037042 H e Frontal air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflat ed air bags would not be able to pro vide any additional benefit e Front air ba
60. do not install a wide mirror It could result in injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Remote control Manual type The outside rearview mirrors are equipped with a remote control for your convenience It is operated by the control lever in the bottom front corner of the window Before driving away always check that your mirrors are positioned so you can see behind you both to the left and right sides as well as directly behind your vehicle When using the mirror always exercise caution when attempting to judge the distance of vehicles behind or along side of you B510A01E H OTA040030R Electric type if equipped The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC posi tion Move the lever 1 to R or L to se
61. drive belt Inspect and if necessary repair or replace If drive belt noise occurred readjust drive belt tension before replace Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km 350 miles or before starting a long trip Driving in summer season temperature over 40 C 104 F SAUDI UAE OMAN KUWAIT BAHRAIN QATAR IRAN YEMEN ETC or driving over 170 km h 106 mile h must conform the severe driving condition For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorised KIA dealer should perform the operation The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some impor tant matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediate ly regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorised KIA dealer for details When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft 8 water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage KIA recommends that you use good quality petrols meet Europe Fuel standards EN228 or equivalents For customers who do not use good quality petr
62. emergency To reduce the inflation pres Distributing the sealant Producing the tyre inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the Immediately drive approximately 3km Sure 2 miles to evenly distribute the 1 After driving approximately 3 km 2 compressor sealant in the tyre miles stop at a suitable location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the A CAUTION compressor directly to the tyre valve A CAUTION Do not exceed a speed of 60 km h 35 mph If possible do not fall below a speed of 20 km h 12 mph While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride dis If the inflation pressure is not maintained drive the vehicle a 3 Connect between compressor second time refer to Distributing and the vehicle power outlet using the sealant Then repeat steps 1 the cable and connectors to 4 4 Adjust the tyre inflation pressure Use of the TyreMobilityKit may to 220 kPa 32 psi With the igni be ineffectual for tyre damage tion switched on proceed as fol turbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or tow ing lows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor larger than approximately 4 mm 0 16 in Please contact the nearest KIA A S centre or a workshop that works accord
63. engine off and wait for a few Belg Spe Senge components f h il sp oad iii Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and ties in section 8 re insert it fully CAUTION Do not overfill the engine oil It may damage the engine e Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil If you drop the engine oil on the engine room wipe it off immedi ately Maintenance E Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorised KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before travelling to a colder climate Checking the coolant level WARNING Removing radiator cap e Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap whilst the engine is operating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam Turn the engine off and wait until It cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop S
64. etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side impact air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on If the seat or seat cover is dam aged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorised KIA dealer because your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags i JI r OTF030038 Curtain air bag if equipped Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the centre pillar They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions Safety features of your vehicle The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations WARNING e In order for side and curtain air bags to provide their best protec tion front seat occupants and outboard rear occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts properly fastened Importantly children should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat When children a
65. fatal injuries in the event of a col lision or sudden stop The protec tion of your restraint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work proper ly The more the seatback is reclined the greater the chance that an occupant s hips will slide under the lap belt causing serious internal injuries or the occupant s neck could strike the shoulder belt Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats properly belted and with the seat backs upright Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after the rear seatback has been folded down be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Be sure that the webbing or buckle does not get caught or pinched in the rear seat A seat belt with damaged webbing or buckle could possibly fail during a collision or sudden stop result ing in serious injury If the webbing or buckles are damaged get them replaced immediately Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged paris should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should
66. fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly B200A02NF H OTA030049L When using the rear centre seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used if equipped Safety features of your vehicle q 3210A01NF 1 H To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 on the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again 0BH038067 Lap belt if equipped To fasten your seat belt To fasten a 2 point static type belt insert the metal tab 1 into the locking buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle Check to make sure the belt is properly locked and that the belt is not twisted i i Lengthen i ta JE i smi x aw Su B220B01NF With a 2 point static type seat belt the length must be adjusted manually so it fits snugly around your body Fasten the
67. green arrow indicators on the 4 instrument panel indicate which turn sig nal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is com pleted If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi E Type E tion when released 4 N If an indicator stays on and does not ath ho oi AA flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the z f agen D turn signal bulbs may be burned out and su will require replacement Dp A gi NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick m Type C m Type F or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit 4 N Pe o N gt s tt ORBC040052 ORB040052D ORB040052E ORB040052L OTA04021 9R O RBIO41 052 Front fog light if equipped Features of your vehicle Fog lights are used to provide improved m Type A visibility and avoid accidents when visibil ity is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when fog light 4 switch 1 is turned to ON after the park ing light is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch to OFF CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor or unnecessary battery and generator drain could occur o m B
68. if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After the periods or distance shown in the chart continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals Maintenance i yLe 6 lt 6 r r__r rrrrrr_ _rr u yv PIF EEIi ccu pyp p 5yV I NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first 1 2 3 4 5 6 Adjust alternator water pump and air conditioner if equipped
69. in the rear seat Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system Safety features of your vehicle m Type A Air bag warning label if equipped Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the driver and passengers of poten tial risk of air bag system Note that these government warnings focus on the risk of children We also want you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to Those have been described in previous pages E Type B Keys 4 3 Remote Keyless entry 4 6 Smart key 4 9 Theft alarm system 4 11 Door locks 4 14 Tailgate 4 18 Windows 4 20 Bonnet 4 25 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 27 Sunroof 4 30 Steering wheel 4 34 Mirrors 4 37 Instrument cluster 4 41 Rear parking assist system 4 63 Hazard warning flasher 4 66 Lighting 4 67 Wipers and washers 4 74 Interior light 4 78 Defroster 4 80 Manual climate control system 4 81 Automatic climate control system 4 90 Windscreen defrosting and defogging 4 97 Storage compartments 4 100 Interior features 4 101 Audio system 4 107 Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle KEYS Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar co
70. inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 I 4ANANI L fia HI NOS O17 A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the drivers or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag Continued Before you replace a fuse or dis connect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS warning light to illuminate B240B05L H WARNING Do not install or place any acces sories drink holder sticker etc on the front passenger s panel
71. km 120 000 miles or 120months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months U Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel lines hoses and connections Q Inspect parking brake after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Q Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots 2 Add fuel additives 8 Q Inspect tyre pressure amp tread wear Every 15 000 km or 12months For Europe and New Zealand every 5 000 km or 6months Except Europe and Q Inspect automatic transaxle fluid if equipped New Zealand Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect vapour hose and fuel filler cap Continued Maintenance i MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition operation Except Middle R Every 7 500 km 5 000 miles or engine oil filter For Middle East Every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or PCI Brazil 6 months l Replace more frequently pe anette A depending on the condition SE Replace more frequently Sparc puge R depending on the condition anna Manual transaxle fluid if equipped R Eve
72. km 60 000 miles or 72months Continued Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Replace air cleaner filter U Inspect battery condition Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Inspect brake fluid 2 Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Inspect disc brakes and pads Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months Q Inspect drive belt Q Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months U Inspect drive shafts and boots after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months U Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect valve clearance Every 95 000 km 60 000 miles or 48 months O Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months For Europe and New Q Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Zealand every 5 000 km or 6months Except Europe and Inspect tyre pressure amp tread wear New Zealand Continued Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel filter U Inspect parking brake Maintenance OO NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 105 000 km 70 000 miles or 84months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake fluid Q Inspect disc brakes and
73. lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorised KIA dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Tailgate open warning light This warning light illuminates when a tailgate is not closed securely a This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely Door ajar warning light Immobiliser indicator if equipped gt Without smart key system This light illuminates when the immobilis er key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The light goes out after the engine is running If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine have the system checked by an authorised KIA dealer With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immo biliser indicator illuminates blinks or goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position the indicator will illuminate for approximately 30 seconds to indicate that you are able to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few seconds to indicate that you are not be able to start the engine If the indicator illuminates only for 2 seconds and goes out when the ENGINE START STOP button is turn
74. methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system Fuel Additives KIA recommends that you use good quality petrols meet Europe Fuel stan dards EN228 or equivalents For customers who do not use good quality petrols including fuel additives regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly one bottle of additives added to the fuel tank at every 15 000km For Europe and New Zealand 5 000km Except Europe and New Zealand Additives are available from your authorised KIA dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine e Whilst driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods o
75. not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Maintenance Tcl 7 I y y I LN lt 8 OoP T rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rrrrrrrrrrrTr _ _ mmmmmmmmmrPyy Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any acid detergent It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish Corrosion protection Protecting
76. of your vehicle WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right not position and the fan speed control to the highest speed e f warm air to the floor is desired whilst defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windscreen rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the bonnet and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve n OTA040079R heater and defroster efficiency and to Manual climate control system Sister ana ae OUa up the To defog inside windscreen l 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the lt 3s or WY position 4 Turn on the air conditioning system 5 Select the outside fresh air mode Features of your vehicle OTA040080R To defrost outside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the WY position 4 Turn on the air conditioning system 5 Select the outside fresh air mode OTA040081 Automatic climate control system To defog inside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient tem perature and outside fresh air p
77. or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer when installing the child restraint system WARNING A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the lug gage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag All children even those too large for child restraints must ride in the rear seat WARNING To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A c
78. or other electrical devices OTA070020R Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for a TED prolonged periods i D FETTET 1 Turn off the engine EE L Me 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse OTA070040R Engine compartment fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover If not electrical failures may occur from Multi fuse l water contact If the multi fuse is blown consult an authorised KIA dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel NOTICE Not all fuse panel
79. or other types of vehi cles or apparatus may differ Ask an authorised KIA dealer for further details before towing e The technically permissible maximum load on the rear axle s may be exceeded by not more than 15 and the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle may be exceeded by not more than 10 or 100 kg 220 4 Ibs whichever value is lower In this case do not exceed 100 km h 62 1 mph for vehicle of catego ry M1 or 80 km h 49 7 mph for vehi cle of category NI When a vehicle of category M1 is tow ing a trailer the additional load imposed at the trailer coupling device may cause the tyre maximum load ratings to be exceeded but not by more than 15 In this case do not exceed 100 km h 62 1 mph and increase the tyre inflation pressure by at least 0 2 bar CAUTION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section Your vehicle can tow a trailer To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the infor mation in Weight of the trailer that appears later in this section Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly This
80. parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily whilst you put the shift lever in P Park and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er where you drive your car you should Carry appropriate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tyre chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING FOR EUROPE x NOTICE For Europe If you are considering towing with with your car you should first check with your country s Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements Since laws vary the requirements for tow ing trailers cars
81. property damage When fastening the seat belt make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily Make sure there is nothing in the buckle The seat belt may not be fastened securely 1GQA2083 Seat belt warning Type A As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning light blinks again for approxi mately 6 seconds If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds At this time if the seat belt is fastened the chime will stop at once if equipped OTA030050R Type B Front As a reminder to the driver and front pas senger the driver s and front passenger s seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned ON the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you d
82. seconds When clock mode is on and a func tion button is pressed Information associated with the function is dis played on LCD for a moment and then LCD display comes back to clock mode automatically When audio is off Clock mode is displayed automatically 5 ENJ amp LUIJ Knob Turn this control whilst listening to a radio channel to manually adjust frequency Turn clockwise to increase frequency and counterclockwise to reduce frequency Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise Features of your vehicle e BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise e MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated e BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left speak
83. section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tyres are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This additional burden generates extra heat The trailer also considerably adds wind resistance increasing pulling require ments Driving your vehicle OTA060013L NOTICE Location of trailer mounting The mounting hole for hitches are locat ed on both sides of the underbody behind the rear tyres OTA060012 NOTICE Install a trailer after remove the towing hook at the right side of the vehicle After using trailer dissemble the trailer and install the towing hook to its origi nal position Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few rea sons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow e Do you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as
84. signal These can result in certain listening con mitter and your radio can disturb the Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals ditions which might lead you to believe a signal causing static or fluttering nois being received from several directions problem exists with your radio The fol es to occur Reducing the treble level can cause distortion or fluttering This lowing conditions are normal and do not may lessen this effect until the distur can be caused by a direct and reflect indicate radio trouble bance clears ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Using a mobile phone or a two way radio When a mobile phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the mobile phone at a place as far as possi ble from the audio equipment CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a mobile phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a mobile phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Care of discs If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventila t
85. situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided FUEL REQUIREMENTS Petrol engine Unleaded For Europe For the optimal vehicle performance we recommend you to use unleaded petrol which complies with EN 228 and has an octane rating of RON Research Octane Number 95 AKI Anti Knock Index 91 or higher You may use unleaded petrol with an octane rating of RON 91 94 AKI 87 90 but it may result in slight performance reduction of the vehicle Except Europe Your new KIA vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of RON Research Octane Number 91 AKI Anti Knock Index 87 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimise exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling Introduction CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control sys tem s oxygen sensor and affect emission control Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized KIA dealer for details Leaded if equipped For some countries your vehicle is designed to use leaded petrol When you are going to use leaded petrol ask an authorized KIA dealer whether leaded petrol in your vehicle is
86. station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tyre pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tyre If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tyre in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an autho rised KIA dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tyre from rattling whilst the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tyre if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tyre This compact spare tyre takes up less space than a reg ular size tyre This tyre is smaller
87. still moving and press the ENGINE START STOP button in an attempt to restart the engine e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the or KEY OUT indicator will blink And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 sec onds The warning will turn off whilst the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you Driving your vehicle NOTICE e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key Continued Continued e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds whilst it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine CAUTION Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle ISG IDLE STOP AND GO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with the ISG system which reduces fuel con sumption by autom
88. temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Push the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by temperature setting 2 Set the temperature control knob to set the desired temperature If the temperature is set to the lowest setting LO the air conditioning sys tem will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the fol lowing e Mode selection button e Air conditioning button e Front windscreen defroster button e Air intake control button e Fan speed control knob The selected function will be controlled manually whilst other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23 C 73 F OTA040071 H NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Features of your vehicle Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected When pressing any button or turning any knob except the AUTO button whilst using automatic operat
89. the vehicle is in motion Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse whilst the vehicle is in motion except as explained in Rocking the vehicle in this sec tion N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 4 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the lower gear NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive 3 Third gear Use for towing a trailer during hill climb ing or to use engine braking downhill 3 automatically shifts between 1st 2nd and 3rd gears This means that no shift up to 4th gear is performed However the shift up to 4th gear is done when the car speed exceeds a certain value to prevent the engine from over revving Manually move the selector to D when returning to normal driving condition 2 Second gear Use for driving on a slippery road hill climbing or engine brak
90. the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON If the knob is turned clockwise counter clockwise the volume will increase decrease Depending on the model if the ignition switch is not on ACC or ON position the Battery Discharge warning appears on LCD after 10 seconds of power up and automatically turns off after 1 hours of operation 5 579 Putin e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next lower station e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next higher station 6 PRESET Buttons e Press EEB 3B buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the station saved in each button e Press SEED GG buttons more than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the current station to the respective button with a beep Features of your vehicle SETUP CLK MPa 660 05 DE hutioth 7 uS Button e When the button is pressed it auto matically scans the radio stations upwards The SCAN feature steps through each station starting from the initial station for 5 seconds Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel MPS ORDOS SE Q twtoth PTY 4 5 6 FOLDER TA_EU_AUDIO 8 HS Button AUTO STORE Button When the button is pressed it automati cally selects and saves channels with high reception rate to PRESET buttons 1 6 and plays the channel saved in PRESET1 If no channel is saved after AST i
91. the seat manufacturers instructions 4 Buckle the seat belt and adjust the lap belt for a snug hold on the child restraint by pulling on the loose end of the belt After installation of the child restraint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint hook holders are located Securing a child restraint seat with Tether Anchor system if equipped on the floor behind the rear seats CREE eert SI OTA030028 OTA030016 1 Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable headrest route the tether strap under the head rest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat AX WARNING Tether strap e A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint Always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multi ple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death
92. the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehi cle CAUTION e Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windscreen the Auto light system may not work prop erly E Type B High beam operation _0TA040213R To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time whilst the engine is not running Features of your vehicle en ORB040051E Flashing headlights m Type C To flash the headlights pull the lever as rE towards you It will return to the normal 4008 d low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature n Fall i Va l OTA040210R Turn signals and lane change signals Features of your vehicle The ignition switch must be on for the m Type A m Type D turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The
93. through the sound quality control knob iN ae eee L NO O Features of your vehicle e Media Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected e Clock Select button to enter Colck set ting Adjust the hour and press the button to set Adjust the minute and press the button to complete and exit from clock adjustment mode Pressing the button for 0 8 sec onds whilst in power off screen will allow the user to make immediately adjust ments to the colck e PHONE if equipped Select this item to enter BLUETOOTH setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information PHONE menu is not available if the audio does not support Bluetooth fea tures P Bass Power Bass Based on psychoacoustic technology this technology overcomes Bass limitations which may occur due to the limited num ber and size of speakers to offer dynamic BASS sound quality It is possible to adjust in 3 levels of LOW MID HIGH Off Low Mid High AM mode is not supported SIP PUSH AUDIO FILE TUNE TA_GEN_RADIO 10 Ze Knob amp EWA Button Turn this control whilst listening to a radio channel to manually adjust frequency Turn clockwise to increase frequency and counterclockwise to reduce frequency Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode se
94. unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device ina short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio or CD Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the v
95. vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorised KIA dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorised KIA dealer NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Type A AUTO 4 D t ALET Pj s Sall al y Temperature control knob AUTO automatic control button OFF button Climate control display Fan speed control knob Air conditioning button if equipped Air intake control button Mode selection button Rear window defroster button 0 Front windscreen defroster button PASSENGER AIR BAG D AUTO A C SA asec Sul o O Y OTA040069R OTA040069R 1 Features of your vehicle OTA040070 Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired
96. your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produces cars of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your car are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the Car e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois ture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote cor
97. 3 Carrying the smart key you may lock and m Type B unlock the vehicle doors and tailgate Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details OTA040004 H Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and tailgate If all doors and tailgate and engine bonnet are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked OMARO TELAN The button will only operate when the With a smart key you can lock or unlock smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in a door and tailgate and even start the from the outside door handle If you want engine without inserting the key to make sure that a door has locked or The functions of buttons on a smart key not you should check the door lock but are similar to the remote keyless entry ton inside the vehicle or pull the outside Refer to the Remote keyless entry in door handle this section There are no buttons on the accessory smart key type B Features of your vehicle Even though you press the outside door handle buttons the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur e The smart key is in the vehicle e The ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the tailgate is open Unlocking Pressing the button of the front outside door
98. 3 MENU INFO There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported TA H800 GEN AUDIO Features of your vehicle TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 GVZ Button Turns to FM AM mode and toggles FM1 and FM2 AM FM1 when the button is pressed each time 2 Gs Button amp MONA Knob e Turns the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON e If the knob is turned clockwise counter clockwise the volume will increase decrease 3 Kaz Button e When the button is pressed it increases the band frequency to auto matically select channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found When the button is pressed it reduces the band frequency to auto matically select channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found AST SCAN cLock ENTER AUDIO PUSH n 3 MENU N FOLDER 5 6 INFO v TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO 4 Button Press Button less than 0 8 sec onds to display the current clock until the Button push again Press Button for 0 8 seconds or longer to adjust clock and use the knob to adjust hour amp minute e Press CLOCK Button for 0 8 seconds or longer to adjust clock setting mode and Use the TUNE knob to adjust hour amp minute And then push the knob to set the time e CLOCK MODE at AUDIO ON To toggle clock mode on lt gt off repeat edly press CLOCK button for less than 0 8
99. 35 C ITF Mixture Percentage volume Antifreeze OTA070004L e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol 45 C 49 F 60 40 Check the condition and connections of coolant or mix them with the specified all cooling system hoses and heater coolant hoses Replace any swollen or deterio e Do not use a solution that contains rated hoses more than 60 antifreeze or less than The coolant level should be filled 35 antifreeze which would reduce between F Full and L Low marks on the effectiveness of the solution the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough distilled deionized or soft water to pro vide protection against freezing and cor rosion Bring the level to F Full but do not overfill If frequent additions are required see an authorised KIA dealer for a cooling system inspection Maintenance Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by an authorised KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section WARNING Radiator cap N E ct a Te i f Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pres sure causing serious injury CAUTION Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the generator OTA070005 WARN
100. 6 Group 1 Duo Plus Britax R mer Forward facing with vehicle ISOFIX E1 04301133 9 18kg lower anchorage Top tether CRS Manufacturer information FAIR http www fairbimbofix com Britax Romer http www britax com Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact air bag 4 Curtain air bag 5 Driver s knee air bag 6 Front passenger s air bag ON OFF switch if equipped The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OTA030052R OTA030043R _ _ j Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal or side collision if equipped with side air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal
101. Box Start Relay Maintenance Fuse Name H LP RH HAZARD PDM1 S ROOF PDM3 TCU IGN COIL IGN2 F WPR R FOG F FOG DRL STOP LAMP CLUSTER Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component Instrument Cluster Head Lamp RH Hazard Relay Flasher Unit Hazard Switch Smart Key Control Module Eo Sunroof Motor Smart Key Control Module Immobiliser Module Start Stop Button Switch encon 15A ioniton Goll Condenser BCM TACM A C Control Module Sunroof Motor Rear Defogger Timer Dual Pressure Switch Head Lamp Levelling Device Actuator LH RH I P Junction Box Power Window Relay a Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch STOP LP 10A Stop Lamp Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay Stop Lamp Switch Data Link Connector Smart Key Control Module Power Window Relay CLUSTER 10A BCM TACM Seat Belt Timer A C Control Module Instrument Cluster Pulse Generator A B Vehicle Speed Sensor Transaxle Range Switch Maintenance Fuse Name IGN1 ABS B UP LAMP PCU H LP LH PDM2 ROOM2 P OUTLET C LIGHT ACC A BAG IND A BAG T SIG MDPS R WPR HTD STRG Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component Stop Lamp Switch Alternator G3LA G4LA Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH LH Rear 10A Parking Assist Sensor Centre RH LH Seat Heater Switch Driver Passenger Seat Heater Crash Pad Switch Low DC DC Convertor Electro Chromic Mirror 10A Yaw Rate Sensor Check Connector ESP Cont
102. DA5023 H Front windscreen wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic HA wae Fs locking clip L at OHM078062 Rear window wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windscreen since it may chip or crack the windscreen 1JBA7038 H 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance 2 Install the new blade assembly by inserting the centre part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly BATTERY For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda e If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and m
103. E menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown e Adjusting Bluetooth Volume Bluetooth system volume can be adjust ed separately from main volume of the audio system 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then BT VOL in PHONE menu 3 Adjust volume to desired level by turn ing the TUNE knob then press the knob to confirm e Turning Bluetooth ON OFF Bluetooth system can be enabled ON or disabled OFF by this menu If Bluetooth is disabled all the com mands related to Bluetooth system prompts whether you wish to turn Bluetooth ON or not 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then BT OFF in PHONE menu EB Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming message and incoming phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press ZY button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Private Call Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Calls message and the other party s phone number if avail
104. Floor mat anchor s if equipped one another e g all weather rub When using a floor mat on the front floor ber mat on top of a carpeted floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat Only a single floor mat mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps should be installed in each posi the floor mat from sliding forward tion IMPORTANT Your vehicle was man ufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation KIA recommends that only the KIA floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electron ic device may malfunction CAUTION Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove surely the antenna by rotating it counter clockwise If not the antenna may be dam aged e When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tight ened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper recep OTA040097 tion But it could be removed Antenna when parking the vehicle or when Roof ant loading cargo on the roof rack er ATNA e When cargo is loaded on the roof Your car uses a roof antenna to receive rack do not place the cargo near both AM and FM broadcast signals This the anlehna pole to ensure proper antenna is a removable type To remove re
105. Four kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and fusible link for higher amperage rat ings Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system OTA070039 Maintenance If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OTA070018R Instrument panel fuse replace ment 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover Wit OTA070019R 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorised KIA dealer Maintenance NOTICE e If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section e Even when the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights
106. ING Coolant e Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir e Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim a OTA070005L Maintenance BRAKE FLUID Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capaci ties in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid AA CAUTION Checking the brake fluid level Do not allow brake fluid to contact Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri the vehicle s body paint as paint odically The fluid level should be damage will result Brake fluid between MAX Maximum and MIN which has been exposed to open air Minimum marks on the side of the for an extended time should never reservoir be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid A few drops of miner al based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX Maximum level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is exces sively low have the brake system checked by an a
107. INTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces sary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorised KIA dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorised KIA dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapour hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapour hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Air cleaner filter A Genuine KIA air cleaner filter is recom mended when the filter is replaced Mai
108. LE NORMAL DISPLAY Displays no information if the file has no song information SETUP TOCK PUSH AUDIO MPa GE Quvetooth FILE TUNE 5 6 FOLDERA TA_GEN_USB 7 WEN Knob amp LAU Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob ePressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode 8 Lamelas Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the fold er displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to par ent folder display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano Ist 4th generation iPod Touch Ist 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth interface The de
109. Ps e When connecting the iPod use the USB AUX terminals e When disconnecting the iPod disconnect both the USB AUX ter minal e The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported Features of your vehicle 2 Button 3 EEE Button RANDOM e Press the RESNA button for less Press this button for less than 0 8 sec than 0 8 seconds to play from the onds to shuffle order of all songs in beginning of the song currently played current category Song Random Press the button for less than 0 8 sec Press this button for 0 8 seconds or hd onds and press it again within 1 sec longer to shuffle order of albums in cur ond to move to and play the previous rent category Album Random VOLUME track e To cancel RANDOM Play press this Press the button for 0 8 seconds or button again longer to play the song in reverse TSE ENCES direction in fast speed 4 GB Button REPEAT SEEK a Press the Gize Dutton for less Repeats the song currently played than 0 8 seconds to move to the next Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or 1 Button iPod longer to play the song in forward direc on iad If iPod is connected it switches to iPod HOMAN GSES eee mode to play the song files stored in iPod If no auxiliary device is not con nencted it displays No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the
110. RS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the centre of the steering wheel in the knee bolster below the steering wheel column and the pas senger s side front panel above the glove box Passenger s front air bag OTA030032R The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with air bags improperly belt ed and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precau tions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system e Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Continued Continued e Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air
111. SET ME x1000rpm gt A KEY _ TRIPDHO _ Si 1 Tachometer N aac He n ooo8 0000 Bis z 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer ECO Pi a f f LE y 4 Fuel gauge 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Odometer Trip computer 7 LCD display 8 Shift position indicator A T if equipped TROP PT a S76 1000 Ne oo Ga piene ae Fe The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ 4 w 1 gz i from the illustration 3 a N For more details refer to the Gauges in f the next pages OTA040033L OTA042033L Features of your vehicle Instrument panel illumination if equipped The instrument panel illumination intensi ty can be adjusted by rotating the control knob with the headlight switch in the parking light or headlight position when the ignition switch is in the ON position The illumination intensity is shown on the instrument cluster LCD display OTA040034E Gauges Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilome ters per hour and or miles per hour OTA040035 Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine The tachometer pointer may move slight ly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF T
112. Steering System does not operate normally the warn ing light will illuminate on the instru ment cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few minutes it will return to its normal conditions When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition Tilt steering if equipped Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive whilst permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges Features of your vehicle Manual type To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving OTA040026R Heated steering wheel if equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms
113. a beep is heard 3 Say Add Entry 4 Say By Voice to proceed 5 Say the name of the entry when prompted 6 Say Yes to confirm 7 Say the phone number of that entry when prompted 8 Say Store if phone number input is finished 9 Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available 10 Say Yes to complete adding entry 11 Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process Features of your vehicle NOTICE The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers con stituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995734 e Adding Entry by Phone 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Add Entry after prompt 4 Say By Phone to proceed 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This pro
114. able are displayed on the audio e To Mute the Microphone if equipped Press button on the audio e To Finish a Call Press J button on the steering wheel E Making a Phone Call A Call Back can be made by pressing button on the steering wheel This is the same function as using the button solely on the mobile phone NOTE Some phone models require pressing button twice to make a call NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud NM A W Features of your vehicle m Using the head unit as Bluetooth music This audio system supports A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Both profiles are available for listening to the MP3 music via Bluetooth mobile phone supporting above Bluetooth profiles To play MP3 music from the Bluetooth mobile phone press the button until MP3 Play is displayed on the LCD Then try playing musi
115. able USB AUX All in one USB AUX Provided or sold separately USB AUX detachable cable only e When connecting the iPod use the USB AUX terminals e When disconnecting the iPod dis connect both the USB AUX terminal e The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported Features of your vehicle 2 eet 5 rom TRACK vw 4 rew TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 WLG Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous track Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track 3 GEG Button FAST FORWARD Press the WIG button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate forward direction high speed sound search of current song 4 EEE Button REWIND Press RAT button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song 5 Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played 6 ELIIS Button
116. ack in an upright position cen tred on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries Safety features of your vehicle A OTA030046R Passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if equipped The passengers front air bag can be deactivated by the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if a child restraint is installed on the front passenger s seat or if the front passenger s seat is unoccu pied by a person To ensure the safety of your child the passenger s front air bag must be deacti vated when it should be necessary to install a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger seat in exceptional cir cumstances OTA030047R To deactivate or reactivate the passen ger s front air bag To deactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position The pas senger s front air bag OFF indicator X will illuminate and stay on until the pas senger s front air bag is reactivated To reactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas s
117. adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occu pant s lap Safety features of your vehicle WARNING No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from oper ating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack When you fasten the seat belt be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat It s very dan gerous and you may not be pro tected by the seat belt properly Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly whilst driv ing This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or
118. age Auto Stop Deactivated will appear on the LCD display If the light or notice comes on contin uously please check the operation condition Driving your vehicle OTA050018R Auto Stop ii OTA052028L ISG system deactivation e If you wish to deactivate the ISG sys tem press the ISG OFF button The light on the ISG OFF button will illumi nate and a message Auto Stop Off will appear on the LCD display If you press the ISG OFF button again the system will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF button will turn off Check Auto Stop System OTA052027L ISG system malfunction The system may not operate when The ISG related sensors or system error Occurs The following will happen e The yellow AUTO STOP A indica tor on the instrument cluster will stay on after blinking for 5 seconds NOTICE e If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG OFF button again or if the ISG system con tinuously does not work correctly please contact an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible When the ISG OFF button light comes on it may stop illuminating after driv ing your vehicle at approximately 80 km h for a maximum of two hours and setting the fan speed control below the 2nd position If the ISG OFF button light continues to illumi nate in spite of the procedure please contact an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible Driving your vehicle MANUAL
119. aged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING es 0BH058040 More severe weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimise winter driving problem you should follow these suggestions Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tyres or to install tyre chains on your tyres If snow tyres are needed it is necessary to select tyres equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tyres Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tyre chains on the tyre will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTICE Tyre chains are not legal in all countries Check the country laws before fitting tyre chains Snow tyres If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle make sure they are radial tyres of the same size and load range as the original tyres Mount snow tyres on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s han dlin
120. aling compound effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tyre caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tyre After you ensured that the tyre is prop erly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tyre up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h 50 mph in order to reach a vehicle or tyre dealer to have the tyre replaced It is possible that some tyres especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tyre may adversely affect tyre performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving manoeuvres especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The TyreMobilityKit is not designed or intended as a permanent tyre repair method and is to be used for one tyre only This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the TyreMobilityKit What to do in an emergency 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the tyre inflation pressure 8 Button for reducing tyre inflation pressure 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing OAMO60015L Components of the TyreMobilityKit 0 Speed restriction label 4 Holder for the sealant boitle 1 Sealant bottle and label with 5 Compres
121. an also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road condi tions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position whilst the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine Driving your vehicle Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped ay 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst starting the engine Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION If the engine stalls whilst you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position whilst the vehicle is
122. anual climate control system 4 81 Air conditioning xii ape ai 4 86 Climate control air Iter 4 88 Heating and air conditioning 4 82 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 92 Manual transaxle ara 5 16 Memory USE scdecnter eaatesuiecasseniectauseeuaeeesinedndnedtuceiaonbanneloncs 7 52 IK 010 1 aE O AIA 4 37 Day night rearview Mirror 4 37 nside rearview mirror sini 4 37 Outside rearview IMIITOT irrita 4 37 Moonroof see sunroof e nsenensensesensenensensesersesensesses 4 30 NOR OE LS eeo O CATA 7 53 Neck restraints see headrest 3 5 3 9 O Ode 4 44 SIELE aN e E diiezionaie 7 21 Outside rearview MIITOLP ieri 4 37 OE ee EE A 6 7 ONE RAC 7 4 Parking DI ARCA SPEC ii rire 7 29 Parking bici 5 26 Passenger s front air bag scri 3 46 OWT AROS ananas 5 25 Power outlet scccncssascsccsrtteaassanensensanensaseratiersrecnesecanabansivest 4 103 Power steering PIC CHIC ira 4 34 Power window lock button 4 23 Pre tensioner seat bell 3 22 PUSESSIAr Asnicar 6 6 FR COB SCA E E EE E EEEE E T 3 9 Rear parking assist SY SUC saccccncsssrcsesssdascdsenccnccacanseianneces 4 63 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures 7 40 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number
123. ar Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months 5 Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months For Europe and New Zealand every 5 000 km or 6months Except Europe and New Zealand Maintenance a _ NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East 2 Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil U Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Replace spark plugs Q Inspect brake fluid Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months 3 Q Inspect drive belt Q Replace fuel filter Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect cooling system At first 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48months after that every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months 0 Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months For Europe and New Q Inspect parking brake Zealand every 5 000 km or 6months E
124. arging trickle low temperature area forio hours e If you connect unauthorised elec f the battery gradually discharges tronic devices to the battery the because of high electric load whilst the battery may be discharged Never vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 use unauthorised devices 30A for two hours Maintenance AX WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49 C 120 F Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order Turn off the battery charger main switch Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal WARNING Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected Operation related to the battery should be done in an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION e Keep the battery away from water o
125. ary device then the message No Media will become dis played on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previous mode 2 Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song 3 EEG Button FAST FORWARD Press the WIE button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate forward direction high speed sound search of current song 4 WCG Button REWIND Press ZEST button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song di Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played 6 HEEB Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate A RDM mode e RDM Only files in a folder are played back in a random sequence e A RDM All files in a USB memory are played back in the random sequence 2 RPT 3 MENU 6 info 5 RDM TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO 7 Bes Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 8 ENZ Button Displays the information of the file current ly played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FILE NORMAL DISPLAY Displays no information if the file has n
126. as been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off TRIPE 123 4 km Tripmeter km or mi TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 km 0 0 to 999 9 miles Pressing the TRIP RESET button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 Features of your vehicle Distance to empty km or mi if equipped This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed The meter s working range is from 50 to 999 km 30 to 999 miles E Type B Too Game IR 19 71 100 amp FA042041L Average fuel consumption if equipped L 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles Pressing the TRIP RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel consumption is
127. as described below 1 Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key from the ignition switch 2 Make sure that all doors and tailgate the engine bonnet are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the transmitter After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door and tailgate or engine bonnet remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors and tailgate and engine bonnet are closed the hazard warning lights blink once Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed whilst a passen ger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger s leave the vehicle If any door tailgate or engine bonnet is opened within 30 seconds after entering the armed stage the system is disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs whilst the system is armed e A door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine bonnet is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the trans mitter or smart key Features
128. as it is safe to do so and call an authorised KIA dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the car out of gear This is extremely hazardous Keep the car in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal whilst driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake com ponents If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead whilst you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your car is equipped with an auto matic transaxle don t let your car creep forward To avoid creeping for ward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the car is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P Park If your car is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the kerb to help keep the car from rolling If your car is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the kerb to help keep the car from rolling If there is no kerb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the car from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged po
129. as on the windscreen If your tyres are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tyres are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly whilst driving until normal braking operation returns Driving your vehicle Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times whilst the vehicle is moving slowly ee ee OSA028008 Highway driving Tyres Adjust the tyre inflation pressures to specification Low tyre inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tyres Avoid using worn or damaged tyres which may result in reduced traction or tyre failure NOTICE Fuel engine coolant and engine oil Never exceed the maximum tyre infla High speed travel consumes more fuel tion pressure shown on the tyres than urban motoring Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or dam
130. as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in in height and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter Rear parking assist system pre cautions e The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected e The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor per formance e The sensor may not recognize objects less than 40 cm 15 in from the sen sor or it may sense an incorrect dis tance Use caution e When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth e Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor Sensor damage could occur Features of your vehicle NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehi cle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regar
131. atically shutting down the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill For example red light stop sign and traffic jam The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met The ISG system is ON whenever the engine is running NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system has malfunctioned x1000rpm Boi 7 8 x1000rpm w Auto stop To stop the engine in idle stop mode 1 Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 5 km h 3 mph 2 Shift into N Neutral position 3 Release the clutch pedal The engine will stop and the green AUTO STOP A indicator on the instrument cluster will illuminate Auto Stop 00 00 OTA052025L Also a message Auto Stop will appear on the LCD display NOTICE You must reach a speed of at least 10 km h 6 mph since last idle stop Driving your vehicle NOTICE If you unfasten the seatbelt or open the driver s door or engine hood in auto stop mode the following will happen e The ISG system will deactivate the light on the ISG OFF button will illu minate Continued Auto Start Deactivated Start Manually OTA052021L Continued e A message Auto Start Deactivated Start Manually will appear on the LCD d
132. axle lubricant and cooling system fluid Brake condition is another important item to frequently check Each item is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering its a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight CAUTION Due to higher load during trailer usage overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driv ing If the coolant gauge indicates over heating switch off the A C and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine e When towing check the transaxle fluid more frequently e If your vehicle is not equipped with an air conditioner you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer Drivin our vehicle If you do decide to pull a trailer Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control Do not do any towing with your car dur ing its first 2 000 km 1 200 miles in order to allow the engine to properly break in Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transaxle damage When towing a trailer be sure to
133. ay explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Continued Maintenance Continued If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the bat tery to an authorised KIA dealer to be recycled Continued Maintenance A Battery recharging CAUTION Your vehicle has a maintenance free e When you don t use the vehicle calcium based battery for a long time in the low temper ature area separate the battery and keep it indoors e If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on Always charge the battery fully to whilst the vehicle was not in use prevent battery case damage in recharge it by slow ch
134. bag ili 3 52 Index Economical operation cirie 5 37 Electi power SUCCEIN roi 4 34 Electronic stability program ESP ccccccccccccssscceeeees 5 30 EE ARRE RR RR ECO RICREATO 6 5 PUM GATE ira siitorirtoniansnia stende nn 6 5 Posh starn ann 6 6 Emergency stop signal ESS ssi 5 35 Eccola 6 22 Emergency whilst driving Lorraine 6 3 Bimerecncy COMO rana 6 25 Emission control system prioni 7 75 Crankcase emission control system 7 75 Evaporative emission control system 7 75 Exhaust emission control system 7 76 Engine COMPAR IM CME irrisoria 2 4 7 2 Engine told 7 23 Engine TAD CE RARI OCA E OCRA APE 8 7 PIL nt 7 21 Engine OV EL NG AUS criniera 6 7 Engine start stop button siii 5 6 Engine WL OE Statt iii neoane 6 4 Evaporative emission control system 7 75 Exhaust emission control system 7 76 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 18 E OE CANS ironia percorri 7 69 1i4 PLA TTC sorserion an nare tivi 6 8 CRIME 6 9 JCT Ge se coer on sncarse sctaeateaneeaenare domsmmnnenneeesantensides 6 8 Removing and storing the spare tyre 6 9 Fluid Automatic transaxle A zii 7 27 Werder 7 29 BAC EIU ion 7 26 Folding the rear Seat ironia iaia 3 10 Front seat adj stment manyal nia 3 4 Fuel ller Re E RR aA 4 27 POT OS spirit 4 42 FUG re
135. be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorised KIA dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimise the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden manoeuvre According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be prop erly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a tether anchor and or ISOFIX anchors if equipped Children could be injured
136. being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueled more than 6 the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero E Type B cae i 19 7100 TAU 42205L Average refuel consumption if equipped 1 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last tank refuel The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles The average refuel consumption resets to zero when the vehicle is refueled Features of your vehicle E Type B 9A042042 Instant fuel consumption if equipped L 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption every 2 seconds from the driving distance and quantity of fuel injection NOTICE You must drive more than 6 MPH 10 km h type A or 3 MPH 5 km h type B for this mode to caculate the instant fuel consumption Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going whilst the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the TRIP RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 E Type B Outside 24c 9A042044 Out
137. c by phone When playing music from the Bluetooth mobile phone the head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE e Not only MP3 files all the sounds that the phone supports can be heard by the audio system e The Bluetooth mobile phones shall feature A2DP and AVRCP functions e Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetooth mobile phones may not play music through the head unit on first try Please try the below i e MenuFilemanagerMusic Option Play via Bluetooth e Please refer to User s Guide of your phone for more To stop music try stop playing music from the phone then change the audio mode to other than MP3 Play mode e g FM AM CD etc Features of your vehicle m CD Player AM110TAE EUROPE SETUP CLOCK 7 J MPB RDS MT Otero PTY 6 Y FOLDER There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported TA EU AUDIO Features of your vehicle 5 SEEK TRACK TA_EU_AUDIO Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 GU Button The button toggles FM Listed below are the paths as the system switches FM1 to FMA and back to FM1 e FM AM FM1 FM2 FMA gt FMI1 2 W X Button The button toggles AM Listed below are the paths as the system switches AM1 to AMA and back to AM1 e AM AM1 AM2 AMA AMI1 3 Button TA Traffic announcement Channels in FM CD AUX mode turns on off the reception of TA channels of RDS 4 GRC Button amp GE Knob e Turns
138. cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If the USB device is divided by Continued e Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Mobile phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable is required to use the iPod Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost whilst using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or mobile phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle Using USB device 1 WIEN Button USB or AUX If the auxiliary device is connected it switch
139. caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobiliser system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED E Type A E Type B OTA040002 E Type C OTAR042240 Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors and tailgate are locked if the lock button is pressed whilst all doors are closed The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors are locked However if any door engine bonnet or tailgate remains open the hazard warn ing lights will not operate If all doors engine bonnet and tailgate are closed after the lock button is pressed the haz ard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressing this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds Tailgate unlock 3 if equipped The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked However after pressing this button the tailgate will lock automatically unless you open the tailgate within 30 seconds Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock auto matically The word HOLD is wr
140. ccssiissseianiioisreot rina 1 4 Vehicle certification label c c 8 6 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 34 IBC iii 5 55 Base kerb WR 5 55 C AE E ili 5 55 GAW Gross axle weight 5 55 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 55 GVW Gross vehicle weight 5 55 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 55 PW Washer TIO ein A T 7 29 Waste tray see ashtray rca 4 101 Warnings and indicators eeeeeeeeseeeeseeeesseessssssssssesss 4 47 Weight ee vei iren rirani eri innin i 5 55 Base korb Wet aprenian 5 55 Cargo Weight irrita 5 55 GAW Gross axle weight sesssseeseeeeeeeeeees 5 55 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 55 GVW Gross vehicle weight 5 55 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 55 Wheel alignment and tyre balance 7 43 Wheel replacement ssaa 7 45 MARONE ciano arenili anni 4 20 Auto down Window iii 4 21 Auto up down window 4 22 Power window lock button 4 23 Windscreen defrosting and defogging 4 97 Defogging 10210 iii 4 99 VIENE ione niinen 5 43 SOLE RR RR 5 43 IV Fe AAA 5 44 Wiper blades ssi ia
141. ccu pants Safety features of your vehicle Passenger seat under tray fla bala feat A CAUTION To open the tray pull up the lever and pull out the tray forward To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the tray The tray can be used to store small items required by the driver or pas sengers OPA039053 Rear seat adjustment Headrest if equipped The rear seat is equipped with headrests for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a colli sion Safety features of your vehicle i OTA030011 a OTA030012 Adjusting the height up and down Removal and installation if equipped if equipped To remove the headrest raise it as far as To raise the headrest pull it up to the it can go then press the release button desired position 1 To lower the head 1 whilst pulling upward 2 rest push and hold the release button 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head on the headrest support and lower the rest poles 3 into the holes whilst press headrest to the desired position 3 ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Safety features of your vehicle To fold the rear seat cushion and seat back The rear seatbacks may be folded for ward to provide additional cargo space and to provide access to the cargo area e To raise the seatback li
142. ception the antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise F eatures of your vehicle Steering wheel audio controls if equipped The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons CAUTION Do not operate audio remote con trol buttons simultaneously VOLUME 1 e Press the lever upward to increase the volume e Press the lever downward to decrease the volume SEEK PRESET 2 The SEEK PRESET lever has different functions based on the system mode For the following functions the lever should be pressed for 0 8 seconds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN but ton Features of your vehicle MODE 3 Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM CD USB AUX iPod gt FM In addition to mode change Power on off can be made by pressing this button when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON Power ON Press the button when the audio is off Power OFF Press the button for more than 0 8 seconds when the audio is on MUTE 34 4 if equipped e Press the button to mute the sound e Press the button t
143. cess may take over 10 minutes depending on the phone model and number of entries 7 Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modified 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Change Name after prompt 4 Say the name of the entry voice tag 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 Say new desired name Deleting Name The registered names can be deleted 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Delete Name after prompt 4 Say the name of the entry voice tag 5 Say Yes to confirm m Making a Phone Call e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say Name when prompted Say desired name voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected 6 Say Yes to confirm and make a call VS WVGNA Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name 2 Say Call lt john gt 3 Say Call lt john gt at lt home gt Features of your vehicle e Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine 1 Press button 2 Say Call 3 Say Number when prompted 4 Say desired phone numbers 5 Say Dial to complete the number and make a call
144. cessary weight in your car Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting in the engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speeds e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorised KIA dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS di e f stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wh
145. cked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle whilst you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended di WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Features of your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped All doors will automatically unlock after an impact causes the air bags to deploy Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle soeed exceeds 15 km h And all doors will be automatically unlocked when you turn the engine off and when you remove the ignition key if equipped OTA040008 Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into t
146. com bustible materials may cause a fire Features of your vehicle Cup holder WARNING Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder whilst the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you could be burned Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehi cle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision do not place uncov ered or unsecured bottles glass es cans etc in the cup holder whilst the vehicle is in motion WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a vehicle that is heated up lt may explode Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders To use the cup holder press the button 1 The half part of the cup holder 2 will appear CAUTION Be careful not to spill drinks in the cup holder The cup holder may not work To use the cup holder space as a storage compartment turn the half part of the cup holder 2 to the direction of the arrow Features of your vehicle ul OTA040182 H Sunvisor Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Power outlet Use the sunvisor to shield direct light Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will The power outlet is designed to provide through the front or side windows automatically turn on the mirror light power for mobile telephones or other To use the sunvisor pull it downward devices designed to op
147. cooled suffi ciently You must decide the driving However if you ever have to park your speed depending on trailer trailer on a hill here s how to do tt weight and uphill grade to reduce 41 Pull the vehicle into the parking space the possibility of engine and Turn the steering wheel in the direction transaxle overheating of the kerb left if headed down hill right if headed up hill 2 If the vehicle has a manual transaxle place the car in neutral If the vehicle has an automatic transaxle place the car in P Park 3 Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle 4 Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels Park for automatic transaxle 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set Driving your vehicle When you are ready to leave after park ing on a hill 1 With the manual transaxle in Neutral or automatic transaxle in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down whilst you e Start your engine e Shift into gear and Release the parking brake 2 Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer Important items to pay particular atten tion to include engine oil automatic transaxle fluid
148. cted through the Bluetooth interface The device must have audio Bluetooth capabili ty such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for Kia vehicles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued Continued e When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly a ey De
149. d immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish CAUTION Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents Maintenance i OJB037800 CAUTION Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits or engine and related part located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components and air duct inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax fr
150. de tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorised KIA dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code num ber and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle E Type A OFD047002 A OED036001A Key operations Type A Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors E Type B OSA049001L Type B To unfold the key press the release but ton then the key will unfold automatically To fold the key fold the key manually whilst pressing the release button CAUTION Do not fold the key without press ing the release button This may damage the key Features of your vehicle E Type C OTA040001 Type C To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard OED036001A Immobiliser system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobiliser system to reduce the risk of unauthorised vehicle use Your immobiliser system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobiliser system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid or not If the key is determ
151. der to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Features of your vehicle To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch if equipped 2 to the Lock position and close the door 3 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically if equipped NOTICE Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended OTA040006R Operating deer locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the door lock button will be visible To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward e If the inner door handle of the front doors is pulled when the door lock but ton is in lock position the button is unlocked and door opens if equipped Front door cannot be locked if the igni tion key is in the ignition switch and the door is open if equipped A door cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open WARNING Door lock mal function If a power door lock ever fails to function whilst you are in the vehi cle t
152. ding the systems capabili ties and limitations Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist sys tem If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER Ga a OTA040049 The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine and opens the driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed smart key turns off th
153. dirt and water e The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper KIA trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorised KIA dealer Driving your vehicle Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the man ufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer And never allow safety chains drag on the ground Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to your country s regulations and that it is prop erly installed and operating correctly If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly e Don t tap into your vehicle s brake sys tem Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for
154. djust the rearview mirror to centre on the view through the rear window Make this adjustment before you start driving Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing in a narrow street AX WARNING Rear visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear window OTA040028L 44 WARNING Rearview mir WARNING Day night rearview mirror rors Do not adjust the rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start e The outside rearview mirror is whilst the vehicle is moving This driving and whilst the day night lever is in convex Objects seen in the mir could result in loss of control and the day position ror are closer than they appear an accident which could cause Pull the day night lever toward you to Use your interior rearview mirror death serious injury or property reduce the glare from the headlights of or direct observation to deter damage the vehicles behind you during night driv mine the actual distance of fol ing lowing vehicles when changing Remember that you lose some rearview lanes A WARNING clarity in the night position Do not modify the inside mirror and
155. ds and returns to the previous mode 2 WLAS Button e Press VE button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song e Press a button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song Press acre button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song Press RT button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song Press Si button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate forward direction high speed sound search of current song 3 HERB Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 4 WB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back T 6 5 WES Button CD Eject Push MESS button for less than 0 8 sec onds to eject the CD during CD playback This button is enabled when ignition switch is off 6 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in whilst ignition switch is on ACC or ON T
156. e Z DRH 10A Head Lamp RH Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel Projection head lamp type only Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component PCB Fuse amp Relay Box A C Relay O PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp LO Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Fuel Pump 1 Relay ana PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Horn Relay Burglar Alarm Horn Relay B3LA PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Fuel Pump 2 Relay O 0A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp HI Relay NETE fre Fuse amp Relay Box Engine Control Relay Fuel Pump 1 Relay Fuel Pump 2 Relay F3LA Injector 1 2 3 B3LA PCM e EIES B3LA PCM PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Engine Control Relay head lamp Saisie 0A TCM Transaxle Range Switch Rear Bumper Lamp Instrument Cluster BCM type Back Up Lamp LH RH Back Up Lamp Switch ECM Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch O Projection Lamp LH ECM TCM PCM PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Engine Control Relay x Projection Lamp RH PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Engine Control Relay A C Relay A C Relay Cooling Fan Relay Start Relay ECM PCM Canister Purge Control Valve Oil Control Valve 1 Oil Control Valve 2 W O F3LA Camshaft Position Sensor 1 Camshaft Position Sensor 2 W O FSLA Variable Intake Solenoid Valve B3LA MI LH LL Hi SENSOR 10A Maintenance LIGHT BULBS CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise consult an authorised KIA dealer In man
157. e vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal AX WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake whilst the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION e To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads e Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Rear drum brakes if equipped Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators Therefore have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear a rear brake rubbing noise Also have your rear brakes inspected each time you change or rotate your tyres and when you have the front brakes replaced OTA050012 H Parking brake Applying the parking brake To engage the parkin
158. e ISOFIX anchors In a crash the child restraint seat ISOFIX attachments may not be strong enough to secure the child restraint seat properly in the cen tre of the rear seat and may break causing serious injury or death Do not mount more than one child restraint to a child restraint lower anchorage point The improper increased load may cause the anchorage points or tether anchor to break causing serious injury or death Continued Safety features of your vehicle Child Seat Restraint Suitability For Seat Position using the Seat Belt For Europe Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children When using the child safety seats refer to the following table hace Seating Position ge Group Front passenger Rear outboard Up to 10 kg U O 9 months U 0 Up to 13 kg 0 2 years S 9 kg to 18 kg oe fe o oeo Il amp Ill 15 kg to 36 kg U 4 12 years U Suitable for universal category restraints approved for use in this mass group Safety features of your vehicle Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions For Europe vehicle ISOFIX positions Mass Group Size Class Fixture Front Passenaer Rear Outboard Rear Outboard Bear Cone 9 side i e DO Canyet cot I i cen Pg ISO L2 N R PI NS O Se E E O UPto1okg E so EX x SORI Jo 0 X o 0 UP to tdk gt soe esos eoe DT 80 88 __ ew
159. e and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the dashboard wipe them off imme diately See the instructions that follow for the proper way to clean vinyl CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them CAUTION When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the colour of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its colour can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webb
160. e checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this posi tion Driving your vehicle _ j Driving your vehicle ae START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED OTA050002R Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illumi nate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF Not illuminated e With manual transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position stop the vehicle then press the ENGINE START STOP button With automatic transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button wi
161. e cover OTA070014R Maintenance lle EEE OTA070016 3 Replace the climate control air filter 4 Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 H Blade inspection NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windscreen difficult to clean Contamination of either the windscreen or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind screen wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use petrol kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement N CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly CAUTION The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance 1L
162. e engine per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight escort function if equipped The headlights and or taillights will remain on for approximately 20 minutes after the ignition key is removed when the engine is turned off However if the drivers door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 sec onds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except dri ver s door the battery saver func tion does not operate and the head light escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore It caus es the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehi cle Headlight welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and tail gate are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter or smart key the headlights will come on for about 15 seconds If the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the function can only operate at night At this time if you press the door unlock button again or door lock button on the transmitter or smart key t
163. e front passenger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child If your vehicle is equipped with the pas sengers front air bag ON OFF switch you can activate or deactivate the front passenger s air bag when necessary Safety features of vour vehicle WARNING e Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it can cause serious or fatal injuries When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and or curtain air bags be sure to install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and securely lock the child restraint system in position Inflation of side and or curtain air bags could cause serious injury or death to an infant or child Safety features of your vehicle W7 147 Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on whils
164. e inflation pressure Refer to the Tyre and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tyre When replacing the tyres on the vehicle always use a tyre that has the same load rating as the factory installed tyre 7 Uniform tyre quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tyre sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 400 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tyre when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tyre graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tyre graded 100 The relative performance of tyres depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tyres The tyres available as standard or optional equipment on your vehi cle may vary with respect to grade Maintenance a O Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tyre s ability to stop on
165. e information on their proper use WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especially children before putting a car into D Drive or R Reverse AX WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving whilst under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs do not drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS OSA057001 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key whilst turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can b
166. e nearest as the condition obtained according to the list Full passengers Maximum permissible loading Driver Maximum permis sible loading Switch position Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windscreen wiper washer A Wiper speed control MIST V Single wipe OFF O Off INT Intermittent wipe LO 1 Low wiper speed HI 2 High wiper speed B Intermittent wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front Features of your vehicle D Rear wiper washer control Wash with brief wipes ON 0 Continuous wipe OFF O Off Rear window wiper washer if equipped E Type D D ts a ON Windscreen wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST N For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate contin uously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF O Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO 1 Normal wiper speed HI 2 Fast wiper speed NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windscreen defrost the windscreen for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windscreen wipers to ensure proper operati
167. e socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle OTA070046L Back up light Rear fog light if equipped 1 Remove the under cover by rotating the screws 2 Reach your hand into the back of the rear bumper 3 Disconnect the power connector 4 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing 5 Install the new bulb socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise 6 Connect the power connector 7 Reinstall the rear under cover Maintenance N OTA070034 High mounted stop light replacement if equipped E Bulb type 1 Open the tailgate 2 Loosen the nut of the high mounted stop light assembly 3 Remove the assembly with remove the connector 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by pulling it straight out 5 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 6 Install a new bulb in the socket and install socket to the assembly 7 Reinstall the high mounted stop light assembly securely E LED type If the light LED does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer OTA070033 License plate light bulb replace ment 1 Remove the lens by pressing the tabs 2 Remove the socket from the lens 3 Remove the
168. e vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle CAUTION Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set ah lt a ee Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order AX WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury WARNING Battery e Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery pro duces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks If these instructions are not fol lowed exactly serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur If you are not sure how to follow this procedure seek qualified assistance Automobile batteries contain sul furic acid This is poisonous and highly corrosive When jump starting wear protective glasses and be careful not to get acid on yourself
169. eated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags OTF030036 Side impact air bag if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone Safety features of your vehicle WARNING The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the seat belt sys tems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times whilst the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front and all rear if equipped seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passen ger arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Continued Continued Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag
170. ec ommended for your car OTA080004L The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing KIA MOTORS The Power to Surprise
171. ect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Warranty amp Maintenance book provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or mainte nance procedure have it done by an authorised KIA dealer Maintenance WARNING Maintenance work Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous You can be seriously injured whilst performing some maintenance procedures If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work have it done by an authorised KIA dealer Working under the bonnet with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Therefore if you must run the engine whilst work ing under the bonnet make cer tain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorised KIA dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged fo
172. ects the total gross vehicle weight GVW of your vehicle This weight includes the kerb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s specifications and the certifica tion label Base kerb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle kerb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipmen
173. ed to ON position with the smart key in the vehicle have the system checked by an authorised KIA dealer e When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink and you are not able to start the engine However you are able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder Also if the smart key system related parts have a prob lem the indicator will blink Low fuel level warning light i This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter Features of your vehicle Malfunction indicator light MIL check engine light This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates whilst driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates whilst driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to your nearest authorised KIA dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will
174. eels e Use sand rock salt tyre chains or other non slip material under the drive y wheels to provide traction when stalled pi ot a 5 OSA05701 in ice snow or mud kn T ee odia toi ve ia a j Wave Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking e Avoid sudden movements in braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped 3 Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible dam age to the transaxle CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transaxle dam age or failure and tyre damage Driving your vehicle NOTICE The ESP system if equipped should be OUN056051 H turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear chan
175. ehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Continued e If the USB device is divided by e The data in the USB memory may logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Mobile phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable Provided or sold separately USB AUX detach able cable only is required to use the iPod Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable Continued be lost whilst using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used as key chains or mobile phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle 2 ret 5 rom F FF TRACK vw 4 rew TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO Using USB device 1 Button USB or AUX If the auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxili
176. ehicle damage to the vehicle The use of wheel Do not tow with sling type equip dollies or flatbed is recommended ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake CAUTION Failure to place the shift lever in N Neutral may cause internal dam age to the transaxle 001 OTA060010 Removable towing hook front if equipped 1 Open the trunk and remove the tow ing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use OTA060012 Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorised KIA dealer or a commercial tow truck service What to do in an emergency If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low s
177. elts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt if equipped The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts will be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts can be activated where the frontal collision is severe enough together with the air bags When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all ex
178. enance service 7 6 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 18 Engine oil 7 21 Engine coolant 7 23 Brake fluid 7 26 Automatic transaxle fluid 7 27 Washer fluid 7 29 Parking brake 7 29 Air cleaner 7 30 Climate control air filter 7 32 Wiper blades 7 34 Battery 7 37 Tyres and wheels 7 40 Maintenance Fuses 7 50 Light bulbs 7 61 Appearance care 7 69 Emission control system 7 75 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 1 0 Petrol 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Radiator cap 3 Brake fluid reservoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Engine oil dipstick 6 Engine oil filler cap 7 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 8 Fuse box 9 Positive battery terminal 10 Negative battery terminal 11 Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick if equipped The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OTA010003R OTA010004R Maintenance ee MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorised KIA dealer perform this work An authorised KIA dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine KIA parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorised KIA deal
179. enerally the centre of gravity of most peo ple s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed as severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event of an accident Headrests may provide protec tion against neck injuries when properly adjusted Do not adjust the headrest posi tion of the driver s seat whilst the vehicle is in motion 2 OTA030005L Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 OTA030006L Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 whilst pulling upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes whilst press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to proper ly protect the occupants Safety features of your vehicle N eta HNF2041 1 H Active headrest if equipped The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps to
180. enger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the ON position The pas senger s front air bag OFF indicator will go out and the passenger s front air bag ON indicator will illuminate for approximately 60 seconds NOTICE e When the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position the passenger s front air bag is activated and child or infant seat should not be installed on the front passenger seat e When the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF posi tion the passenger s front air bag is deactivated Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION If the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is not working properly the air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate And the passenger s front air bag OFF indicator will not illumi nate The passenger s front air bag ON indicator comes on and goes off after approximately 60 seconds the SRS Control Module reactivate the passen ger s front air bag and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position If this occurs have an authorised KIA dealer inspect the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch the pre tensioner seat belt sys tem and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible Continued Continued e If the SRS air bag warning light blinks or does not i
181. er Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Maintenance book Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an autho rised KIA dealer An authorised KIA deal er meets KIA s high service quality stan dards and receives technical support from KIA in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorised KIA dealer with special tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may aff
182. er battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorised KIA dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P Park and set the parking brake If the air condition ing is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the car or steam is coming out from the bonnet stop the engine Do not open the bonnet until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operat ing If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satis
183. er sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated 2 RPT 3 MENU A FOLDER 5 RDM amp INFO 6 TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO 6 PRESET Buttons e Press SHED EJB buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the station saved in each button e Press SEHD MEJ buttons more than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the current station to the respective button with a beep Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off whilst the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work lt may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 lt can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be
184. erate with vehicle To use the sunvisor for the side window CAUTION Vanity mirror electrical systems The devices should pull it downward unsnap it from the lamp if equipped draw less than 10 amps with the engine bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Close the vanity mirror cover PUNANG To use the vanity mirror pull down the securely and return the sunvisor to visor and slide the mirror cover 3 its original position after use If the The ticket holder 4 is provided for hold vanity mirror is not closed securely ing a tollgate ticket if equipped the lamp will stay on and could Using the ticket holder to hold magnetic result in battery discharge and pos cards credit cards may damage the sible sunvisor damage magnetic card Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine off could cause the bat tery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle
185. erclockwise Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH MOBILE PHONE Do not use a mobile phone or per form Bluetooth settings e g pairing a phone whilst driving Some Bluetooth enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth opera tions The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth related features You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the mobile service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc If the mobile phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Continued continued Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth system or mobile service stations can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth your phone may discharge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth related operations Some mobile phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation Please save your phone name in English or your phone name may not be displayed correctly Fea
186. ers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refuelling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion Read and follow all warnings at the gas station facility Before refuelling note the loca tion of the Emergency Petrol Shut Off if available at the gas station facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued once you have begun refuelling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other petrol source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refuelling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refuelling has begun contact with the vehi cle should be maintained until t
187. es to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become dis played on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previous mode 2 WLAS Button Press the Bamana button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the Tahoe button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 HEE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to play songs randomly in current folder Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 4 GEER Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder To cancel REPEAT press this button again Features of your vehicle TE T 97 APS OROS SE Otuto 6 TA_EU_USB 5 Bes Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 ENZ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently p
188. everse order of Reverse with manual transaxle or wheel that is diagonally opposite removal P Park with automatic transaxle the jack position To prevent the spare tyre and tools 3 Activate the hazard warning flash from rattling whilst the vehicle is in er motion store them properly What to do in an emergency OSA067023 OTA060003 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun 7 Place the jack at the front or rear terclockwise one turn each but do jacking position closest to the tyre not remove any nut until the tyre you are changing Place the jack has been raised off the ground at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack What to do in an emergency 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tyre line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs OTA060004 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tyre just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 2 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts
189. extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Maintenance Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel requirements suggested in section 1 e Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off e Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorised KIA dealer e Avoid driving with a extremly low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties NI e Engine 8 2 Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tyres and wheels 8 3 Weight Volume 8 3 Recommended lubricants and ca
190. f time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Air bag warning light Vo Parking brake amp Brake fluid SIN INA warning light Malfunction indicator light ESP indicator Bi Ka ABS warning light Charging system warning light Zi Seat belt warning light Tailgate open warning light ESP OFF indicator N Overspeed warning light Turn signal indicator CN Door ajar warning light Electric power steering EPS Immobiliser indicator system warning light High beam indicator Engine coolant temperature Key out warning light warning light Low beam indicator IMI HE Xx OA JER lt lt Tail light indicator Key low battery indicator ECO ECO indicator Cali E G e BS D a fe PS 4 KI n 4 A Auto stop for ISG system Front fog light indicator avg Shift pattern indicator AI indicator Rear fog light indicator Manual transaxle shift indicator if equipped Low fuel level warning light ears 2 ha Engine oil pressure warning light For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4
191. factory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the car If the air con ditioning had been in use it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop O1 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorised KIA dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an autho rised KIA dealer for assistance CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorised KIA dealer What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE p gt Continued Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking posi tions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that TA g Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tyre changing only To prevent the jack from rattling whilst the vehicle
192. fety features of your vehicle Continued Problems may arise if the sensor WARNING Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorised KIA dealer Continued installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillars where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorised KIA dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance n gt OPA037040 H Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate ina frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are
193. fety features of your vehicle El Features of your vehice EN ans E ri E What to do in an emergency E Specifications amp Consumer information _ j Index Index A B ADI 3 39 Base kerb weight nio 5 55 Air bag warning label si casisecorseosecesonstuustdventeceenteeladss 3 61 Bilal co 7 37 Air bag warning light scsciassrsasetecoststnatmadecdcancuanteecenss 3 42 Battery saver TUNCHION ss ccicscesoiccdeasronseecsunnasactecerstensteriaseoe 4 67 CELA a DO E 3 52 Boville 5 3 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 46 BONGO CRRRCPRR ARR RR TORA 4 25 DIOS ait DAT adsansecoesstcnemiexetonamnidssensssansnesGacecudesencaccnans 3 51 Bottle holders see cup holders 4 102 POM CV ANCE RR A EA 7 30 Bikini 5 25 ADICHI Ais cscecnnsweasiesmnnnnmasernaceseatsasamuntanuasentaesvedlovsnaniecinens 4 107 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 28 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 28 Electronic stability program ESP 5 30 Appearance CONS iirinrianiraniror ironia 7 69 Hill start assist control HAC eeeeeeeeeees 5 34 2 AS 18 CAS SPARARE RA SAR A 7 69 Emergency Stop Signal ESS c iii 5 35 EINE 01006715 PRO RA OR 7 74 Park Daka
194. flate they must be replaced by an authorised KIA dealer Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive e If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorised KIA dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of personal injury If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine have the car towed to an authorised KIA dealer Safety features of your vehicle Additional safety precautions Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats whilst the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do n
195. ft and push it firmly until it clicks into place e When you return the seatback to its upright position reposition the rear safety belts so that they can be used by rear seat passengers Folding the rear seat if equipped The rear seatbacks or cushions may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle WARNING The purpose of the fold down rear seatbacks or cushions is to allow you carry longer objects that could not be accommodated in the cargo area Never allow passengers sit on top of the folded down seatback whilst OTA030013 A WARNING Set the front seatback to the upright the car is moving as this is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sud Do not fold the rear seat if the dri ver s position is not properly set according to the driver s physical figure after folding the rear seat A sudden stop or collision may cause position and slide the front seat for ward injury den stop Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks Doing this could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sud den stops Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION e When folding or unfolding the rear seat make sure to move the front seat fully forward If the
196. g brake first apply the foot brake and then pull up the park ing brake lever as far as possible In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a incline the shift lever should be in a low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park posi tion on automatic transaxle vehicles Driving your vehicle CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Do not operate the parking brake whilst the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle system and make endanger driving safety 078050013 Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly depress the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 whilst holding the button If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorised KIA dealer Driving your vehicle DE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released whilst engine is running there may be a mal
197. g in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tyres on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle s original equipment tyres You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tyre dealer for maximum speed recommen dations Do not install studded tyres without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use Driving your vehicle Chain installation AN CAUTION When installing chains follow the manu e Make sure the snow chains are facturer s instructions and mount them as the correct size and type for your tightly as you can Drive slowly with tyres Incorrect snow chains can chains installed If you hear the chains cause damage to the vehicle body contacting the body or chassis stop and and suspension and may not be tighten them If they still make contact covered by your vehicle manufac slow down until it stops Remove the turer warranty Also the snow chains as soon as you begin driving on chain connecting hooks may be cleared roads damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tyre Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 5 to 1 km 0 3 to 0 6 miles to ensure safe mount ing Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose 1JBA4068 Tyre chains Since the
198. g light indicator if equipped 0 This indicator illuminates when the front fog lights are ON This indicator illuminates when the rear fog lights are ON This indicator light illuminates when the headlights are on Rear fog light indicator if equipped Low Beam Indicator Light if equipped Engine oil pressure warning light ne This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates whilst driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result Features of your vehicle CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilst the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilst the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level
199. g the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part 4 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 5 Insert a new bulb in the socket 6 Reassemble the socket and the lens part 7 Connect the bulb electrical connector 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle i l g OTA070030 Rear combination light bulb replacement 1 Rear turn signal light 2 Stop and tail light 3 Rear fog light LH side if equipped 4 Back up light RH side y Stop and tail light LED type if equipped If the light LED does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer Maintenance OTAO70031 Rear turn signal light Stop and tail light 1 Open the tail gate 2 Remove the rear combination light assembly by turning the screw counter clockwise and removing the assembly 3 4 O OTA070032 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push th
200. gher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks whilst the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly whilst riding When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and backwards Continued Continued e To avoid the possibility of burns do not remove the carpet in the cargo area Emission control devices beneath this floor gener ate high temperatures WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident A WARNING e Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms whilst the seat is moving Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire Front seat adjustment manual Forward and rearward To move the seat forward or rearward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and
201. gine management system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Program ESP system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESP will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESP is active Driving your vehicle NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Program System is functioning proper ly Driving your vehicle ESP operation When operating ESP operation off ESP ON condition When the ESP is in operation ESP OFF state e When the ignition is turned the ESP indicator light blinks eTo cancel ESP operation ON ESP and ESP OFF indi lt When the Electronic Stability oe press the ESP OFF button cator lights illuminate for Program is operating proper OFF ESP OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds ly you can feel a sl
202. ging in cor Because night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than driving in the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow e Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tyre wear will be held between you and other vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights OMC035004 Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Richer Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windscreen wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windscreen wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing are
203. gs may not inflate in side DO ESS OSA038121 impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehicle speed and angles of impact 1VQA2089 In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle OPA037043 e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions 1VQA2091 e Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision if the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle ee tl ea OSA038122 collides with objects such as utility poles or trees
204. guirements o a5sco0ssdasutsnoerannetavveansasdvasdinasnlontneattainses 1 2 BUSES ia 7 50 Fuse relay panel description 7 54 Instrument panel fuse sac csiesensctensnconeniineaviasseihasshansantes 7 51 Moli TIS secenario a EN 7 53 Momy ISG e 7 52 G Gauge Pod US ro R io 4 42 Glasstoof see sunroof ius irarini 4 30 CG VC WO GRREREE ARRE VI ERE 4 100 Hazard warning flasher iii 4 66 Hazardous driving conditions sic 5 39 Headlight escort FUMCHOTL carrara 4 67 Headlight levelling device 4 73 Headlight welcome function s cccsdsicererctecszenonascsstnenannceaded 4 67 TSI EE AA arri 3 5 3 9 Heating and air conditioning 4 82 IRR dii epici 5 42 Hill start assist control HAC 5 34 Hilda 4 36 HOw 10 use this manual cirrosi zano 1 2 di Idle stop and go ISG system 5 12 ITO TSE ES Raro 4 4 Indicators and warnings ssccnsiectsarnslerorsaesscaracanchedwesaancoaded 4 47 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 5 Inside rearview mMitror siriana 4 37 IS CGN CNIS ricrea 4 41 Puel A PRO OSATO 4 42 O E SPAR RR REA 4 44 DC SG OMG iaia prin 4 42 Iii 4 42 IO POE rino 4 43 Warning and indicators 4 47 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Interior Care stride 7 14 INESRIOH BC AUMCS cccdesseonsosssiasated sceticnctetediciencssensasiauseseiet 4 101 AI iaia 4
205. h pedal and brake pedal then press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position NOTICE If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the clutch pedal for manual transaxle vehicles or without depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the engine start stop button changes as follow OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC NOTICE If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge WARNING e Never press the ENGINE START STOP button whilst the vehicle is in motion This would result in loss of directional con trol and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Continued Continued e Never reach for the ENGINE START STOP button or any other controls through the steering wheel whilst
206. handles with all doors and tailgate closed and locked unlocks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights blink twice to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the front outside door handle other people can also open the door without possession of the smart key After pressing the button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds Tailgate unlocking If you are within 0 7 m 1 m 28 40 in from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tail gate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock auto matically The word HOLD is written on the but ton to inform you that you must press and hold the button for 1 second Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 Smart key precautions NOTICE e If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorised KIA dealer e
207. he hole 1 and turn it to the lock f position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Features of your vehicle TAILGATE NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work proper ly due to freezing conditions d a E Type B The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked N i a Opening the tailgate E Type A e The tailgate is locked or unlocked by OTA040010 CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail turning the key to the Lock or Unlock position e If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and than pulling up the hatch NZA 7 lt There is not the key hole with the key transmitter or smart key or central door lock switch If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it Up When all doors are lock if the tailgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed for more than 1 second the tailgate is unlocked Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate is locked automatically gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occu
208. he audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automatically turned on as the CD is inserted e This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD e If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected N CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit Features of your vehicle 9 knob amp Aiu Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode MPS BROS SE Otuto 6 10 Wa08 3 8 Button e Press RASSASA button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the fold er displayed It will play the first song in TA_EU_CD 7 Bes Button Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again the folder 8 INFO Button e Press MASEN button to move to Displays the information of the current parent folder of the current folder and song display the first song in the folder e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title Artist Total Track e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total Files Not dis played if the information is unavailable
209. he filling is complete Continued tic fuel containers designed to carry and store petrol Do not use mobile phones whilst refuelling Electric current and or electronic interference from mobile phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refuelling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refuelling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle whilst at a gas station especially during refuelling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 e If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine KIA cap or the equivalent speci fied for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a seri ous malfunction of the fuel sys tem or emission control system Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint After refuelling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED
210. he headlights will turn off immediately Daytime running light if equipped Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system will make the head lights light turn OFF when 1 The position or head light switch is ON 2 Engine off or ACC Features of your vehicle OTA040050R Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 4 Auto light position if equipped i _OTA040211R Parking light position 00 When the light switch is in the parking light position the tail license and instru ment panel lights will turn ON NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the instrument panel lights E Type B lo OTA040212R Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the headlight position the head tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of your vehicle OTA040051R Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position
211. he temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning if equipped system on e NL OTA040063R Features of your vehicle OTA040062 Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windscreen Five sym bols are used to represent Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D C Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor SD Floor Level C A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windscreen and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windscreen with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windscreen with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle ait OTA040064R Instrument panel vents You can adjust the direction of air deliv ery f
212. hicle Features of your vehicle Align steering wheel Illumination intensity Rear parking assist warning laate ieai MAX OTA042230L OTA042227L OTA042211L If the steering wheel is aligned within 5 The illumination intensity of the instru It displays the area an obstacle is detect seconds after Align steering wheel is ment panel is shown when adjusting it ed whilst moving rearward displayed the indicator will appear for with the illumination control knob For details refer to Rear parking assist 1 5 seconds like the above picture For more details refer to Instrument system in section 4 panel illumination in section 4 Features of your vehicle For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Key is not in vehicle Key is not in vehicle OTA042221L If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the engine start stop button in the ACC ON or START position the warning illumi nates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected OTA042219L If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the engine start stop button the warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobiliser indicator blinks for 10 seconds Key is not detected Please press start button with smart key Please pres
213. highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption e Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tyres Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tyre wear Check the tyre pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting kerbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tyre wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your car in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your car in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your car in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your car clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car This extra weight can result in increased fuel con sumption and also contribute to corro sion Travel lightly Don t carry unne
214. hild riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the cars interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Continued e Never leave children unattended in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always prop erly position and secure children in rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle During a colli sio
215. his movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running N CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B OTA040036 OTA040036L Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in sec tion 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illumi nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank CAUTION Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the catalytic converter OTA040037 Trip computer if equipped The trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored driving infor mation except odometer is reset if the battery is disconnected Features of your vehicle de y Instant fuel consumption ECO ON OFF if equipped E Type A 8A040038 E Type B 000000km SPA 042038 Odometer km or mi The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle h
216. ia 7 34 Wipers and Washers cerro 4 74 Introduction How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 2 Vehicle break in process 1 4 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 5 Introduction a se HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimise the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs in this manu al These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a
217. ial tyres that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Wheel alignment and tyre balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tyre life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tyre wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Maintenance 228 Tread wear indicator q OEN076053 Tyre replacement If the tyre is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tyre Replace the tyre when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tyre AX WARNING Replacing tyres To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries from an acci dent caused by tyre failure or loss of vehicle control Replace tyres that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Worn tyres can cause loss of braking effec tiveness steering control and traction Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure
218. ig 8B wore we we SN f ow SS O e I A y o A sso Ue e o o IUF Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal A ISO F 3 Full Height Forward Facing toddler CRS height 720mm category approved for use in the mass group B ISO F2 Reduced Height Forward Facing toddler CRS height IL Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems CRS given 650mm in the attached list These ISOFIX CRS are those of the specific B1 ISO F2X Reduced Height Second Version Back Surface Shape vehicle restricted or semi universal categories Forward Facing toddler CRS height 650mm X ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in C ISO R3 Full Size Rearward Facing toddler CRS this mass group and or this size class D ISO R2 Reduced Size Rearward Facing toddler CRS E ISO R1 Infant Size Rearward Facing CRS Both ISO R2 and ISO R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost F ISO L1 Left Lateral Facing position CRS carry cot pooch SIRO pore seal l G ISO L2 Right Lateral Facing position CRS carry cot ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures Safety features of your vehicle Recommended child restraint systems For Europe uu ECE R44 l Rearward facing with vehicle E4 03443416 Seat G E elo PANA specific ISOFIX platform type A E4 0443718 Platform roup 0 0 18kg Baby Safe Plus Il Britax R mer Rearward facing with ISOFIX adapter E1 0430114
219. ight pulsa minates then ESP is turned on tion in the vehicle This is only e If the ignition switch is turned e Press the ESP OFF button the effect of brake control and to LOCK position when ESP after turning the ignition ON indicates nothing unusual is off ESP remains off Upon to turn ESP off ESP OFF e When moving out of the mud restarting the engine the indicator will illuminate To or driving on a slippery road ESP will automatically turn on turn the ESP on press the the engine rpm revolution again ESP OFF button ESP OFF per minute may not be indicator light will go off increased even if you press eWhen starting the engine the accelerator pedal deeply you may heara slight ticking This is to maintain the stabili sound This is the ESP per ty and traction of the vehicle forming an automatic system and does not indicate a prob self check and does not indi lem cate a problem Driving your vehicle E ESP indicator light ee E ESP OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESP system is operating normally The ESP indicator light blinks whenever ESP is operating or illuminates when ESP fails to operate ESP OFF indicator light comes on when the ESP is turned off with the button CAUTION Driving with varying tyre or wheel sizes may cause the ESP system to malfunction When replacing tyres make sure the
220. iles or 24months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Q Inspect battery condition Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Add fuel additives Q Inspect brake fluid Every 15 000 km or 12months For Europe and New Zealand every 5 000 km or 6months Except Europe and U Inspect disc brakes and pads New Zealand Q Inspect drive belt Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect parking brake U Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tyre pressure amp tread wear Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Continued Maintenance OO NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 45 000 km 30 000 miles or 36months Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake fluid Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tyre pressure amp tread we
221. in your tyres This can lead to uneven wear and tyre failure When replacing tyres never mix radial and bias ply tyres on the same car You must replace all tyres including the spare if moving from radial to bias ply tyres Continued Continued e Using tyres and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident Wheels that do not meet KIA s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels The tyre size affects wheel speed When replacing tyres all 4 tyres must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tyres of a dif ferent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESP Electronic Stability Program to work irregularly if equipped Maintenance ee Compact spare tyre replacement if equipped A compact spare tyre has a shorter tread life than a regular size tyre Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tyre The replacement compact spare tyre should be the same size and design tyre as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tyre wheel The compact spare tyre is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tyre wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular si
222. ined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start Features of your vehicle To activate the immobiliser system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobiliser system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start To deactivate the immobiliser sys tem Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobiliser keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal acces sories may interrupt the transpon der signal and may prevent the engine from being started NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobiliser system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobiliser system malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobiliser system because it could cause the immobiliser sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorised KIA dealer Malfunctions
223. ing downhill 2 automatically shifts between first and second gears This means that no shift up to 3rd gear is performed However the shift up to third gear is done when the car speed exceeds a certain value to prevent the engine from over revving Manually move the selector to D returning to normal driving condition Driving your vehicle 1 First gear Use for driving up a very steep grade or for engine braking when descending steep hills When downshifting to 1 the transaxle will temporarily remain in sec ond gear until the vehicle has slowed enough for low gear to engage Do not exceed 50 km h 30 mph in low gear 1 shifts to 1st gear only However shift up to 2nd is performed when the car exceeds a certain speed and as speed increases the transaxle will shift up to 3rd gear to prevent over revving the engine NOTICE e For smooth and safe operation depress the brake pedal when shifting from N Neutral position or P Park position to a forward or R Reverse gear Fully depress the brake pedal in order to move the shift lever from the P Park position to any of the other positions It is always possible to shift from R N D a E s q position to P position The vehicle must be fully stopped to avoid transaxle dam age CAUTION e Shift into R and P position only when the vehicle has com pletely stopped Do not accelerate the engine in reverse or any of the forward
224. ing to KIA repair procedures with corresponding ly trained personnel if the tyre cannot be made roadworthy with the TyreMobilityKit What to do in an emergency Notes on the safe use of the TyreMobilityKit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the TyreMobilityKit away from moving traffic Place your warning triangle in a prominent place to make pass ing vehicles aware of your location To be sure your vehicle won t move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the TyreMobilityKit for sealing inflation passenger car Tyres Do not use on motorcycles bicycles or any other type of Tyres Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tyre Before using the TyreMobilityKit read the precautionary advice printed on the sealant bottle Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery e Never leave the TyreMobilityKit unattended whilst it is being used e Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat e Do not use the TyreMobilityKit if the ambient temperature is below 30 C 22 F e Do not use the sealing compound after its expiration date which can be found on the label of the bottle e Keep away from children Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15
225. ing wheel to activate voice recognition By Manual Operation 1 Push the SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE item by rotating the TUNE knob then push the knob 3 Select desired item by rotating the TUNE knob then push the knob e Pairing phone Before using Bluetooth features the phone must be paired registered to the audio system Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions fi Features of your vehicle NOTE Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio sys tem refer Deleting Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up The system replies with available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard 3 Say Pair Phone 4 Proceed at next step 5 Say the name of your phone when prompted Use any name to uniquely describe your phone Use Full name to voice tag Not use to short name or similar to voice command 6 Bluetooth system will repeat the name you stated 7 Say Yes to confirm 8 The audio displays searching ____ passkey 0000 and asks you to
226. ing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container A CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance ee py v7FI VUUIIUUU II EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recom mended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an authorised KIA dealer in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Program ESP system e To pre
227. initiate pairing procedure from the phone 9 Search the Bluetooth system on your phone Your phone should display your vehicle model name on the Bluetooth device list Then attempt pairing on your phone 10 After Pairing is completed your phone will start to transfer phone con tact list to the audio system This process may take from a few minutes to over 10 minutes depend ing on the phone model and number of entries in the phone contact list 11 By manual operation Select PAIR in PHONE menu then proceed from step 5 NOTE e Until the audio displays Transfer Complete Bluetooth hands free feature may not be fully operational e Depending on the phone make and model the phone book contact list mat not transfer to the audio system NOTE If the phone is paired to two or more vehicles of the same model i e both vehicles are KIA PICANTO some phones may not handle Bluetooth devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone from PICANTO to PICANTO1 and PICAN TO2 Refer to your phone s User s Guide or contact your mobile carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions Features of your vehicle e Connecting phone When the Bluetooth system is enabled the phone previously used is automati cally selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select
228. ion the functions not selected will be controlled automati Cally 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating Na Cooling A 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem OTA040072R Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows ps7 gt A SH SAF Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Floor amp Defrost A C D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windscreen with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged kom the outlet 6 Bi Level B D C Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windscreen and side win dow defrosters Features of your vehicle
229. ion before using your car audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the centre hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the centre to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure nothing other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally depending upon manufactur ing companies or processes and recording methods In such circum stances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the mal function of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle E AC9901YGG GENERAL
230. ired to use Bluetooth wireless technology Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Language Setting The system language can be changed by the following steps 1 Power on the audio system with the volume set to an audible level 2 Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio displays Please Wait The Bluetooth system will reply in currently selected language that it is changing to the next language System language cycles between FRENCH GERMAN UK ENGLISH SPANISH DUTCH ITALIAN DANISH RUSSIAN POLISH SWEDISH 3 When completed the audio display returns to normal 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan guage selection NOTE The phone needs to be paired again after changing system language Avoid resting your thumb or finger on the button as the language could unintentionally change E Voice Recognition Activation e The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth System can be acti vated in the following conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response e The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine whilst number greater than ten will not be recognized e If the command is not recognized the system will announce Pardon
231. is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury WARNING Changing tyres e Never attempt vehicle repairs OTA060001 Jack and tools The jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack 2 Jack handle 3 Wheel lug nut wrench in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway Always move the vehicle com pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tyre The jack should be used on level firm ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a tow ing service company for assistance Continued is supported only by a jack use vehicle support stands Do not start or run the engine whilst the vehicle is on the jack Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle whilst it is on the jack Make sure any children pres ent are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack What to do in an emergenc 1VQA4022 H OSA067007 Removing and storing the spare Changing tyres 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench tyre 1 Park on a level surface and apply Jack Jack handle and spare tyre Turn the tyre hold down wing bolt the parking brake firmly from the vehicle counterclockwise 2 Shift the shift lever into R 9 Block both the front and rear of the Store the tyre in the r
232. is released To stop the window at the desired position whilst the window is in operation pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed i A be Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance whilst the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch Power window lock button i
233. is system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehicle is driving ona slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when brak ing VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESP indi cator light blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates noth ing unusual The VSM does not operate when e Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline Driving rearward e ESP OFF indicator light amp remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster Driving your vehicle VSM operation off If you press the ESP OFF button to turn off the ESP the VSM will also cancel and the ESP OFF indicator light illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESP OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESP OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected some where in the Electric Power Steering sys tem or VSM system If the ESP indicator light amp or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the system checked NOTICE e The VSM is designed to function above approxima
234. isplay Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine manually The engine will also restart automati cally without the driver s any actions if the following occurs The fan speed of manual climate con trol system is set above the 3rd position when the air conditioning is on The fan speed of automatic climate control system is set above the 6th position when the air conditioning is on When a certain amount of time has passed with the climate control system on When the defroster is on The brake vaccum pressure is low The battery charging status is low The vehicle speed exceeds 5 km h 3 mph Driving your vehicle Condition of ISG system opera tion The ISG system will operate under the following condition The drivers seat belt is fastened Auto Start The driver s door and engine hood are closed The brake vaccum pressure is ade quate The battery is sufficiently charged The outside temperature is between OTA052023L 2 C to 35 C 28 4 F to 95 F The green AUTO STOP A indicator The engine coolant temperature is not on the instrument cluster will blink for 5 too low seconds and a message Auto Start will appear on the LCD display if equipped Auto Stop Deactivated OTA052026L NOTICE e If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition the ISG system is deactivated The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a mess
235. ition by pressing the engine start stop button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times succes sively within 3 seconds If the vehi cle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position ACC Accessory Orange indicator e With manual transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button whilst it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electri cal accessories are operational If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge ON Green indicator e With manual transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button whilst it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running Driving your vehicle START RUN Not illuminated e With manual transaxle To start the engine depress the clutc
236. itten on the but ton to inform you that you must press and hold the button for 1 second Features of your vehicle Transmitter precautions x NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur The ignition key is in ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 10 m 30 feet The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an autho rised KIA dealer CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er vehicle warranty CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty E Type A E Type B m Type C 2 P N an OSL040005 Features of your vehicle The transm
237. itter uses a 3 volt lithium bat tery which will normally last for several N CAUTION N CAUTION years When replacement is necessary e The transmitter or smart key is An inappropriately disposed bat use the following procedure designed to give you years of tery can be harmful to the environ 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen trouble free use however it can ment and human health tly pry open the transmitter centre malfunction if exposed to mois Dispose the battery according to cover ture or static electricity If you are your local law s or regulation 2 Replace the battery with new one unsure how to use or replace the When replacing the battery make sure battery contact an authorised the battery positive symbol faces KIA dealer up as indicated in the illustration e Using the wrong battery can 3 Install the battery in the reverse order cause the transmitter or smart of removal key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit For transmitter replacement see an authorised KIA dealer to reprogram the ter or smart key don t drop it get transmitter it wet or expose it to heat or sun light CAUTION Replace the battery of accessory smart key with new one per one year But replace the battery as soon as possible in case KEY low battery indicator illuminates Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED E Type A Smart key functions OTA04000
238. ke SIA ROSI D Poena me fleas i switch in the position e dies 3 effort i be dl driver must be in the towed vehi tt SISSA SOS cle to operate the steering and OPAQS7014 If you are driving down a long hill the cane e Use a towing strap less than 5 m 16 ee may eri and ala per 1O AKONI eenous damage zio ine feet long Attach a white or red cloth automatic transaxle limit the f ill b duced St ft about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the pad ripe bse coc ca a vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph middle of the strap for easy visibility and drive less than 1 5 km 1 e Drive carefully so that the towing strap mile when towing is not loosened during towing Before towing check the level of the automatic transaxle fluid If it is below the HOT range on the dipstick add fluid If you cannot add fluid a towing dolly must be used What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY COMMODITY IF EQUIPPED There are some emergency commodities in the vehicle to help you respond to the emergency situation Fire extinguisher If there is small fire and you know how to use the fire extinguisher take the follow ing steps carefully 1 Pull the pin at the top of the extin guisher that keeps the handle from being accidentally pressed 2 Aim the nozzle toward the base of the fire 3 Stand approximately 2 5 m 8 ft away from the fire and squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher If you release the handle the discharge will s
239. king will help slow the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the car from moving Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Driving your vehicle Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually whilst releasing the service brakes Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partiall
240. layed in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FILE NORMAL DIS PLAY Displays no information if the file has no song information MPS BROS SE Otuto PTY 6 FOLDER TA_EU_USB 7 knob amp GMA Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob ePressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode 8 ta0 8 3 4 Button e Press BAMAN button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the fold er displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to par ent folder display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano Ist 4th generation iPod Touch Ist 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be conne
241. ld get hot and no longer operate efficiently On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transaxle you should drive in D Drive when tow ing a trailer Operating your vehicle in D Drive when towing a trailer will minimise heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle Driving your vehicle Parking on hills 5 Start the vehicle hold the brakes shift N CAUTION Generally if you have a trailer attached to to neutral release the parking brake e When towing a trailer on steep your vehicle you should not park your and slowly release the brakes until the grades in excess of 6 pay vehicle on a hill People can be seriously trailer chocks absorb the load close attention to the engine or fatally injured and both your vehicle 6 Reapply the brakes reapply the park coolant temperature gauge to and the trailer can be damaged if unex ing brake and shift the vehicle to R ensure the engine does not over pectedly roll down hill Reverse for manual transaxle or P heat If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards H or 130 C 260 F HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the engine to idle until it cools down You may proceed once the engine has
242. lect the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the lever into the neutral centre position to prevent inadvertent adjustment Features of your vehicle CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary whilst the engine is not run ning CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate whilst the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts OTA040032R AN C AUTI O N Folding the outside rearview mirror In case it is an electric type outside Electric Type if equipped rearview mirror don t fold it by To fold the outside rearview mirror hand It could cause motor failure depress the button To unfold it depress the button again Features of your vehicle OTA040031 H Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A Tees 7 0 RE
243. lected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise MPa FEE Oneto BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise Features of your vehicle MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise FADER Control Turn the control Knob clockwise to emphasize rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated POWER PUSH VOLUME 12 Using CD Player 1 Button CD If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode 2 WLIS Button SEEK e Press B irme button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song e Press i button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song Press BASSI button for 0 8 seconds or longer t
244. lever is inadver tently moved to another position Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system WARNING For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be
245. ling a child restraint system by lap shoulder belt To install a child restraint system on the outboard or centre rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted Safety features of your vehicle E2BLD310 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency MMSA3030 3 Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack After installa tion of the child restraint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed If you need to tighten the belt pull more webbing toward the retractor When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passen ger emergency locking usage condition E2BLD347 Installing a child restraint system by lap belt on the centre rear seat if equipped Except Europe To install a child restraint system on the centre rear seats do the following 1 Place the child restraint system on the centre rear seat 2 Extend the latch plate tongue of the lap belt 3 Route the lap belt through the restraint according to
246. ll not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved have it checked by an autho rised KIA dealer In addition if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position after the dri ver s door is opened the steering wheel will not lock and the warning chime will sound In such a situation close the door Then the steering wheel will lock and the warning chime will stop NOTICE If the steering wheel doesn t unlock properly the ENGINE START STOP button will not work Press the ENGINE START STOP button whilst turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension e If difficulty is experienced turning the engine start stop button to the ACC position turn the steering wheel right and left to release the tension whilst pressing the engine start stop button e When you turn off the engine the vehicle should be stopped Driving your vehicle CAUTION You are able to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when the vehicle is not in motion In an emergency situation whilst the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC pos
247. lluminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illumi nates whilst the vehicle is being driven have an authorised KIA dealer inspect the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch pre tensioner seat belt and the SRS air bag system as soon as possi ble Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bags are designed to Continued deploy only during certain side impact e Even though your vehicle is P collisions depending on the crash sever equipped with the passenger s ma aan ity angle speed and point of impact The front air bag ON OFF switch do b e side impact air bags are not designed to not install a child restraint sys _ deploy in all side impact situations tem in the front passenger s seat A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front pas senger s seat reactivate the front passenger s air bag WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are s
248. lt doesn t work at the condition which doesn t meet economical driving such as P Park N Neutral R Reverse e Whilst the instant fuel consumption mode is displayed on the LCD screen the ECO indicator turns off Features of your vehicle Air bag warning light n if equipped g ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the SRS air bag warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on whilst driving have the SRS inspected by an authorised KIA dealer Anti lock brake system ABS warning light if equipped This warning light illuminates if the igni tion switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on whilst driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system Electronic brake force distribution EBD sy
249. lutch operation Check automatic transaxle P Park function Check parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal At least monthly e Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tyres including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall e Check radiator heater and air condi tioning hoses for leaks or damage e Check windscreen washer spray and wiper operation Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid e Check headlight alignment e Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps e Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function e Check for worn tyres and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year e Clean body and door drain holes e Lubricate door hinges and checks and bonnet hinges Lubricate door and bonnet locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips e Check the air conditioning system e Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean battery and terminals e Check the brake fluid level Maintenance ce spes oe e kkk Ul i_ TW _dddutrrr rPrrrrr m SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule
250. ly and make sure that it is securely closed AX WARNING Refuelling e If pressurized fuel sprays out it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound wait until the condition stops before com pletely removing the cap Do not top off after the nozzle automatically shuts off when 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull up the fuel filler lid opener 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel tank cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up on the fuel filler lid opener located on the front floor area on the drivers seat NOTICE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radi ator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt refuelling Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an acci dent Features of your vehicle Continued Do not get back into a vehicle Continued Use only approved portable plas A WARNING Refuelling dang
251. m CD Player AM110TAG GENERAL AUX POWER puse PUSH AUDIO VOLUME mPa OI Beth FILE TUNE 5 6 v FOLDER A There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported TA GEN RADIO Features of your vehicle POWER PUSH VOLUME TA_GEN_RAIDO Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 BD Button Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1and FM2 when the button is pressed each time 2 GZ Button Pressing the button selects the AM band AM Mode is displayed on the LCD 3 Gee Button amp Knob Turns on off the set when the IGNITION SWITCH is on ACC or ON If the button is turned to the right it increases the vol ume and left decreases the volume e Adjusts the volume of the car audio system Rotate clockwise to increase the volume or counterclockwise to decrease 4 EIS Button e When the button is pressed it increases the band frequency to auto matically select channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found When the button is pressed it reduces the band frequency to auto matically select channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found 5 PRESET Buttons Push SEHD EJ buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the channel saved in each button Push Preset button for 0 8 seconds or longer to save current chan nel to the respective button with a beep SETUP CLOCK PUSH AUDIO MPa USE Ouuetostn FILE TUNE 5 6 VFOLDERA TA_GEN_RADIO
252. make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock Seat cushion height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever that is located on the out side of the seat cushion upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push the lever down several times e To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times Headrest OPA039052 The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps to protect the head in the event of a collision and neck Safety features of your vehicle WARNING e For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the centre of gravity of an occupant s head G
253. mbers be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you Carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance E Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fum
254. me will sound for 35 sec onds But if the rear passenger s seat belt is are connected and disconnected twice within 9 seconds after the belt is fas tened the corresponding seat belt warn ing light will not operate Safety features of your vehicle Front seat Height adjustment front seat You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 whilst press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position f i int pe d s h K cio y L I 7 4 h e TIP B 180A01NF 1 H Lap shoulder belt To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it
255. mended cold tyre pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tyre label located on the driver s side centre pillar Worn tyres can cause acci dents Replace tyres that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Remember to check the pres sure of your spare tyre KIA recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tyres on your vehicle Tyre rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tyres be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tyres for correct balance When rotating tyres check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tyre pressure improper wheel align ment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tyre Replace the tyre if you find either of these conditions Replace the tyre if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tyre pressures to spec ification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tyre and wheels in section 8 Maintenance With a full size spare tyre if equipped 5 5 O Tiem S2BLA790 Without a spare tyre 5 5 DEL SS S2BLA790A Directional tyres if equipped EPS lt E 3 CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tyres are rotated NOTICE Rotate rad
256. n nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device ina short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio or CD Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly
257. n automatic car wash whilst the com pact spare tyre is installed Do not use tyre chains on the com pact spare tyre Because of the smaller size a tyre chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain The compact spare tyre should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tyre on any other vehicle because this tyre has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tyre s tread life is shorter than a regular tyre Inspect your compact spare tyre regularly and replace worn com pact spare tyres with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tyre should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tyres snow tyres wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one tempo rary spare tyre at a time Do not tow a trailer whilst the tem porary spare tyre is installed What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE WITH TYREMOBILITYKIT IF EQUIPPED HNN i OYN069010 Please read the instructions before using the TyreMobilityKit 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle OYN069018 Introduction With the TyreMobilityKit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tyre puncture The system of compressor and se
258. n control lever upward cloth To close the sunroof push the sunroof e The reali is dini F slide lever forward until the sunroof moves to together with sunshade Do nai the desired position leave the sunshade closed whilst the sunroof is open ORBC040097 Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with the glass panel automatically when the glass panel is slid You will have to close it man ually if you want it closed Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof sys tem as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and close the sunroof com pletely 2 Release the control button 3 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close about 10 sec onds until the sunroof has returned to the original position of tilt after it is raised a little higher than the maxi mum tilt position Then release the lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sun roof operates as follows TILT DOWN SLIDE OPEN gt SLIDE CLOSE Then release the control button When this is complete the sunroof sys tem is reset Features of your vehicle For more detailed information contact an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may o
259. n or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight Always check seat belt buckles before fasten ing them over a child After an accident have an autho rised KIA dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat Always store or secure a child seat even when it is not in use During a collision or sudden stop the child seat could be thrown inside the vehicle Safety features of your vehicle Rearward facing child restraint system ns Forward facing child restraint system 9 0TA030015 Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats E2MS103005 Instal
260. n should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational main tenance and safety information about your new vehicle It is supplemented by a Warranty and Maintenance book that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publi cations carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle KIA offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the vari ous illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this man ual were accurate at the time of printing KIA reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your authorised KIA dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motor ing pleasure and satisfaction in your KIA vehicle 2011 KIA MOTORS Corp All rights reserved Reproduction by any means elec tronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without writ ten authorization from KIA MOTORS Corporation Printed in Korea modin Your vehicle ata gine E Sa
261. n the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though the smoke and powder are non toxic they may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists A WARNING When the air bags deploy the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and or instrument panel and or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors are very hot To prevent injury do not touch the air bag storage area s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated TO y 2A Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place a front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat If th
262. nd defog the front windscreen refer to Windscreen defrosting and defogging in this sec tion OTA040060R Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window whilst the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Type A 1 Temperature control knob 2 Air intake control knob 3 Fan speed control knob 4 Mode selection knob 5 Rear window defroster button 6 Air conditioning button if equipped OTA040061R OTA040061R 1 Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating wa Cooling a 3 Set t
263. ng or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device ina short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio or CD Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or
264. nnected ee ee Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call Empty BT SETUP menu 2nd call 2nd Call SHORT Not Paired Not Connecting Accept Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active RO NIE Transfer call secret call VR VR VR VR MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel elect Call Fraca Ena call End Gall SHORT Speaker Speaker Hoe Adaptation Adaptation 10sec Only English Only English SHORT Active Active Active Active LONG Change Change Change Change i _ 10sec language language language language Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 4 ENGINE START STOP button 5 6 Starting the engine 5 9 ISG idle stop and go system 5 12 Manual transaxle 5 16 Automatic transaxle 5 19 Brake system 5 25 Economical operation 5 37 Special driving conditions 5 39 Winter driving 5 43 Driving your vehicle Trailer towing 5 47 Vehicle weight 5 55 Driving your vehicle A WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colourless odourless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyx lation Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised t
265. ntenance eee Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorised KIA dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped The fluid level should be in the HOT range of the dipstick after the engine and transaxle are at normal operating temperature Check the automatic transaxle fluid level with the engine run ning and the transaxle in neutral with the parking brake properly applied Maintenance E Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake lever and cables
266. o JOHNS_ PICANTO or KIA PICANTOI1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your mobile carrier or phone manufacturer for instruc tions e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth system is enabled the phone previously used is automati cally selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then SELECT in PHONE menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing procedure must be completed once more 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then DELETE in PHONE menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown e Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode Features of your vehicle 2 Select PHONE then PRIORITY in PHON
267. o change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorised KIA dealer Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out e Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windscreen are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean Check the condition of the tyres Check unde
268. o empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 litres 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle e The fuel consumption if equipped and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condi tion of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available Features of your vehicle LCD display informations if equipped Door Tailgate open E Door OTA042231L E Tailgate OTA042232L The indicator appears to inform the driv er which door or tailgate is opened Align steering wheel Align steering C4 wheel OTA042229L If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the left after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the right The indicator will disappear after aligning steering wheel or starting the vehicle Align steering wheel Align steering fle wheel OTA042228L If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the right after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the left The indicator will disappear after aligning steering wheel or starting the ve
269. o initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song e Press TRACK button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song e Press Tex a button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate forward direction high speed sound search of current song 3 GEIB Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 4 GB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back Features of your vehicle 5 CD Indicator icon When car ignition switch is ACC or ON and if the CD is loaded this indicator icon is on If the CD is ejected the icon is off 6 MES Button CD Eject Push MESS button for less than 0 8 sec onds to eject the CD during CD playback This button is enabled when ignition switch is Off 7 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in whilst ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automaticall
270. o song informa tion Features of your vehicle AST SCAN CLOCK ENTER AUDIO PUSH FOLDER IO v TA_H800_GEN_AUDIO 9 tx0 5 A 8 Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press button to move to par ent folder display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed 10 GES Knob amp GNH Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob ePressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Continued e When the iPod cable is connected CAUTION IN USING THE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano Ist 4th generation iPod Touch Ist 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be c
271. o turn off the micro phone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section m Type A a IM ii Pec OTA040091R Aux USB and iPod port if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc Features of your vehicle Bluetooth hands free if equipped You can use the phone wirelessly by using the Bluetooth Detailed information for the Bluetooth hands free is described in the manual supplied separately FM reception _ JBM001 How car audio works AM MW LW and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers locat ed around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your car This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your car speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis
272. of your vehicle Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed whilst carrying the smart key The engine is started After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed NOTICE Non immobiliser system e Avoid trying to start the engine whilst the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys consult your authorised KIA dealer NOTICE Immobiliser system e If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys consult your authorised KIA dealer CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to mal function and should only be serv iced
273. ols includ ing fuel additives regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly one bottle of additives added to the fuel tank at every 15 000km For Europe and New Zealand 5 000km Except Europe and New Zealand is recommended Additves are available from your authorised KIA dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additves Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 15 000 km 10 000 miles or 12months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake fluid Q Inspect disc brakes and pads U Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tyre pressure amp tread wear Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months For Europe and New Zealand every 5 000 km or 6months Except Europe and New Zealand Maintenance a ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 30 000 km 20 000 m
274. om the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing high alkaline or caus tic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Maintenance a O Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective Compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are
275. om the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select PRIORITY in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list Features of your vehicle 2 Adjusting Bluetooth language Select BT Voice Recognition lan guage in PHONE menu adjust lan guage to desired language by turning the TUNE knob then press the knob again to confirm Supported Languages FRENCH GERMAN UK ENGLISH SPANISH DUTCH ITALIAN DANISH RU SSIAN POLISH SWEDISH NOTE The Phone need to be paired again after changing system language e Avoid resting your thumb or finger on the talk button as the language could unintentionally change e Turning Bluetooth ON OFF Bluetooth system can be enabled ON or disabled OFF by this menu If Bluetooth is disabled all the com mands related to Bluetooth system prompts whether you wish to turn Bluetooth ON or not 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Bluetooth Off after prompt 4 Say Yes to confirm 5 By manual operation Select BT Off in PHONE menu then after announcement say YES to confirm m Phone Book In Vehicle e Adding Entry Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred e Adding Entry by Voice 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message press again and then
276. omatic starting occurs the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds For more details refer to the ISG Idle Stop and Go system in chapter 5 NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Features of your vehicle Li Sa a ee a e OTA040046 The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 in behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental system and it is not intend ed to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limit ed Whenever backing up pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Operation of the rear parking assist system Operating condition e This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON e The sensing distance whilst the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 120 cm 47 in e When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first Types of warning sound
277. on Features of your vehicle Windscreen washers In the OFF O position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windscreen and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windscreen is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windscreen washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the driver side CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty Features of your vehicle m Type D em Rear window wiper and washer q switch if equipped The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer MO Spraying washer fluid and wiping ON A Normal wiper operation CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windscreen do not operate the wipers when the windscreen is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use petrol kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually OFF O Wiper is n
278. on the CD or file Press knob to move to the fold er displayed NOTE Order of playing files folders 1 Song playing order to 0 sequen tially ea Folder D Song File ON Root Folder A d Folder AA DO D i Folder ABA Folder AB D pas A Ds Folder ABB D DO DO Folder B Folder BA fa Folder BB DO Features of your vehicle 2 Folder playing order If no song file is contained in the folder that folder is not displayed gt _ gt Root FolderA gt Folder AA gt Folder ABA gt Folder ABB gt Folder BA Folder BB Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off whilst the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work lt may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 lt can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecti
279. on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings Specifications amp Consumer information Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity thickness has an When choosing an oil consider the range number effect on fuel economy and cold weather of temperature your vehicle will be oper operating engine start and engine oil ated in before the next oil change CAUTION flowability Lower viscosity engine oils Proceed to select the recommended oil can provide better fuel economy and cold viscosity from the chart weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug co dipstick rag sull INIZIA Di Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers and grit from entering the engine T and other mechanisms that could Temperature
280. onds and returns to the previous mode Features of your vehicle MPS OROS SE Qrveteoth PTY 6 FOLDER TA_EU_iPod 5 Bes Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 De Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM NORMAL DIS PLAY Displays no information if the file has no song information 7 GB Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s category is Playlist Artist Albums Genes Songs Composers MPS BROS SE Gluta 6 s edile tx TA_EU_iPod 8 knob amp iiu Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or count
281. onnected through the Bluetooth interface The device must have audio Bluetooth capabili ty such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system iPod DEVICE The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for Kia vehicles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly r 1 Detach
282. or No input voice signal from microphone No response e The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times e At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available E Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth functions Select phone Delete phone Change priority Bluetooth off Phonebook Delete name By number Features of your vehicle E Voice Operation Tip To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to elim inate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may dis turb recognizing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the com mand will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words m Information Display lt Active Call gt lt Voice Recognism gt The Bluetooth icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected m Phone Setup All Bluetooth related operations can be performed by voice command or by man ual operation By Voice Command Press button on the steer
283. osi tion will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly adjust the corresponding button man ually If the 7 position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed i OTA040082 To defrost outside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windscreen the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain condi tions such as lt amp or W position To cancel or return the defogging logic do the following OTA040083 Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Press the defroster button 7 3 Whilst pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake con trol button at least 5 times within 3 sec onds The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times with 0 5 seconds of inter val It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed s
284. osition selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position g With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out b i side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fogging of the windscreen and side windows and the air within the passenger compart ment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment Features of your vehicle OTA040076 Fan speed control Air conditioning A C The fan speed can be set to the desired Press the A C button to turn the air con speed by operating the fan speed control ditioning system on indicator light on the knob display will illuminate The higher the fan speed is the more air Press the button again to turn the air is delivered conditioning system off Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan Features of your vehicle OTA040078 OFF mode Press the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system However you can still operate the mode and air intake but tons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position Features
285. ot in operation Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT The map lamp goes out gradu N CAUTION ally after approximately 30 sec Do not use the interior lights for onds if the door is closed extended periods when the engine However if the ignition switch is is not running ON or all doors are locked the It may cause battery discharge map lamp will turn off immedi ately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the map lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the map lamp i a stays on continuously map lamp equipped e O The lights turn off even if a Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or OFF door is opened off This light produces a spot beam for When the lamp is turned ON convenient use as a map lamp at night or by pressing the lens 1 the as a personal lamp for the driver and the lamp does not turn off sven Automatic turn off function if equipped The interior lights automatically turn off approximately 20 minutes after the igni tion switch is turned off tont passenger p if the switch 2 is in the OFF c In the DOOR position the position lt S map lamp come on when DOOR any door is opened regard 24 i 1119 19 DIP end te tam less of the ignition switch ON amp stay on at all times position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp
286. ot use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts
287. pacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Vehicle certification label 8 6 Tyre specification and pressure label 8 7 Engine number 8 7 Specifications amp Consumer information J 8 Specifications amp Consumer information ENGINE cu in 71x84 71 x 78 8 Bore x Stroke MMAM 280x331 2 80x 3 10 No of cylinders DIMENSIONS Displacement cc cu in 998 60 9 1 248 76 2 10 3 In line 4 In line tem m Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread 1490 58 7 1421 55 9 1415 55 7 1409 55 5 175 50R15 1412 55 6 Wheelbase 2385 93 9 BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Headlights Low High Headlights Low High Front turn signal lights FRT Position lights Bulb type FRT Position lights LED type Side repeater lights i LED type Front fog lights D R L Bulb type R L LED type Stop and tail light il light LED type Rear turn signal lights Rear fog lights High mounted stop light High mounted stop light LED type License plate lights Map lamps Luggage lamp If equipped 55 60 5 W 0 5 5 ww 8 5 5W ED 5W D SW ON 8W ON 5W E FESTO FESTO Specifications amp Consumer information TYRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure papel kPa Wheel lug nut torque 155 70 R13 4 0Bx13 2 3 2 1 2 5 2 5 Full size tyre 165 60R14 R14 I 5 0Ux14 33 230 31 210 36 250
288. pads Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tyre pressure amp tread wear Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months 3 Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months For Europe and New Zealand every 5 000 km or 6months Except Europe and New Zealand Maintenance aa lll EeE gt E _Ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 120 000 km 80 000 miles or 96months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East 2 Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect battery condition Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil 2 Inspect brake fluid Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months 3 Q Inspect disc brakes and pads Q Replace fuel filter Q Inspect drive belt Q Replace spark plugs Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Replace coolant At first 210 000
289. peeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition e Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi cle out of mud sand or other condi tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook e Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle e Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergency Emergency towing precautions e Place the ignition switch in ACC so the CAUTION Automatic steering wheel isn t locked transaxle e Place the transaxle shift lever in N e If the car is being towed with all Neutral four wheels on the ground it can e Press the brake pedal with more force sure that the transaxle is in Pea tral Be sure the steering is than normal since you will have 3 i T reduced bra
290. perate improperly Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering if equipped Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque steering wheel position and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steer ing wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorised KIA dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The EPS warning light does not illumi nate Continued Continued e The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion e A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed If the Electric Power
291. posed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximate ly 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminat ing for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates whilst the vehicle is being driven have an authorised KIA dealer inspect the pre tension er seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an a
292. positions with the brakes applied Always apply the footbrake when Shifting from P or N to R D D uo or aT I position Check the automatic transaxle fluid level regularly and add fluid as necessary See the maintenance schedule for the proper fluid recommendation Shift lock system if equipped For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition Driving your vehicle Good driving practices Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine bra
293. prevent the driver s and front passengers heads from moving backward and thus helps prevent neck injuries n OTA030008R Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you press the button the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows Sie SII do e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and petrol Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place blankets cushions or seat covers on the seats whilst the seat warmer is in operation e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the pos
294. previous mode Features of your vehicle IV PUSH AUDIO MPS FEE Ouetvat FILE TUNE TA_GEN_iPod 5 RES Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 ENZ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM NORMAL DIS PLAY Displays no information if the file has no song information 7 GB Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s category is Playlist Artist Albums Genes Songs Compsers SETUP CLA PUSH AUDIO MPa DIE Ove FILE TUNE TA_GEN_iPod 8 WEI Knob amp GN Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or coun
295. r 5 26 LOI RE 4 101 Power DEAS ra i 5 25 AI SICH E E A 4 107 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 34 poli 4 107 Been 7 26 AU USB and IPO 4 109 Bulb replacement 5 an 7 61 Steering wheel audio control 4 108 BUD watta O eair ina 8 2 Automatic climate control system 4 90 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 6 Air conditioning ina 4 95 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 91 C Manual heating and air conditioning 4 92 Automatic transaxle 5 19 Capacities Lubricants ics cssisssasdiccetcccedeteaddoereteesdawanwacs 8 4 BORE LOGIE 61 S FON E 5 22 Care EO CADO vescia haioni 7 69 Toter 9 21 esaten e drii E 7 74 DIC 7 40 i2 ASA OV CIAL ritirati tai 5 55 D Central door lock switch 3 4 16 Changing A ae 6 9 Dashboard see instrument us Eee n 4 41 Cams Daytime running light siriani 4 67 Tyre chains siii 5 44 Defogging Windscreen o n 4 97 Checking pae inflation pressure TAI Defogging logic Windscreen 4 99 Child restraint system pira rione iiniansigia sso siria 3 28 Defroster Rear WindOW escccssssesssssesssssesesssesesseesesseveeese 4 80 Lan De oeren ria 3 31 Defrosting Windscreen o n 4 97 Lap shoulder belt s ssssssssssssrsserrsserssrrsrersseeseereseten 3 30 Dillon 4 104 Child protecto
296. r any liquid For your safety use the authentic ity by approved authorised KIA dealer when you replace the bat tery Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Auto up down window See section 4 e Sunroof See section 4 e Trip computer See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TYRES AND WHEELS Tyre care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tyre inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures All tyre pressures including the spare should be checked when the tyres are cold Cold Tyres means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 6 km one mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tyre wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tyre and wheels in section 8 OTA080002 H SN k k i a i i Li lee y ha All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the vehicle CAUTION e Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your
297. r com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the bonnet until it is about 30 cm above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place WARNING Always double check to be sure that the bonnet is firmly latched before driving away If it is not latched the bonnet could fly open whilst the vehicle is being driven causing a total loss of vis ibility which might result in an accident The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided in the bonnet whenever you inspect the engine compartment This will prevent the bonnet from falling and possibly injuring you Do not move the vehicle with the WARNING e Before closing the bonnet ensure that all obstructions are removed from the bonnet open ing Closing the bonnet with an obstruction present in the bonnet opening may result in property damage or injury Do not leave gloves rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment Doing so may cause a heat induced fire severe personal bonnet raised The view will be blocked and the bonnet could fall or be damaged Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it light
298. r labour parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check coolant level in coolant reser voir e Check the windscreen washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tyres e Check the radiator and condenser Check if the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves dirt or insects etc If any of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condi tion take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer WARNING Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure This could cause burns or other serious injury Maintenance Eee While operating your vehicle Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav elling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check manual transaxle operation including c
299. r power window lock button in the LOCK position pressed Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child Do not extend a face or arms out side through the window opening whilst driving Features of your vehicle l OSA028222 H Manual windows if equipped To raise or lower the window turn the window regulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise Features of your vehicle BONNET Opening the bonnet 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the bonnet The bonnet should pop open slightly A WARNING Open the bonnet after turning off the engine on a flat surface shift ing the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake s i a 8 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the bonnet slightly pull the secondary latch 1 inside of the bonnet centre and lift the bonnet 2 3 4 Hold the bonnet open with the support W OTA040019 Pull the support rod from the bonnet rod WARNING Hot parts Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber The rubber will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot Features of your vehicle Closing the bonnet 1 Before closing the bonnet check the following e All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any othe
300. r rear door lock 4 17 DIRI aan 8 2 Climate control system Automatic 4 90 Displays see instrument cluster 4 41 Air conditioning iiriiiiiee 4 95 DOLO rie ina 4 14 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 91 Central door lock switch rr 4 16 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 92 Child protector rear door lock 4 17 Climate control system Manual 4 81 Drink holders see cup holders 4 102 Air Conditioning iii H Divers dF Dap oiera 3 46 Climate control air filter sssssssssssssssssrserseseserseereerseesees H DERE 5 40 Heating and air conditioning 4 82 Driving in flooded areas sassiwesesssstaverssesnaveandveisaicamensonaass 5 42 Oe Pereira rr 4 101 Driving in the rain ccccccccccccssssssscccsssssssssesscesssssssseceessssssvce SAI Climate control air Der 4 88 7 32 Clock Dip tal iii eroina 4 104 Clothes Nanger sukcennuzousesndsrederasdiiadedcheuiehonnenmemeee 4 105 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 41 C OOA n E nia 7 23 Cooling fluid see engine coolant 7 23 Crankcase emission control system 7 75 OU OTIS A E E A E E 4 102 Curtain air
301. r the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in sec tion 7 Maintenance WARNING Driving whilst distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe personal injury and death The driver s pri mary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle systems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permis sible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle Before starting e Close and lock all doors e Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil lar with your vehicle and its equipment WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for mor
302. r to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving Features of your vehicle F OTA040011 Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched CAUTION Make sure nothing is near the tail gate latch and striker whilst closing the tailgate It may damage the tail gate s latch Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door right power window switch 4 Rear door left power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down Driver s window 7 Power window lock switch if equipped NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Features of your vehicle Power windows if equipped The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger win dows The power windows can be operat ed for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors open the power windows can not be operated within the 30 second peri od after ignition key
303. r whilst the vehi cle is being towed Fy SS ff _ OTA040049 Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road Way Press the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the centre console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILST DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place If you have a flat tyre whilst driv ing If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the car slow down whilst driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of con trol When the car has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divid ed highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flasher
304. rating But if the ESP system malfunctions the indicator illuminates and stays on Take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the system checked ESP OFF indicator if equipped 22 OFF The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESP OFF mode press the ESP OFF button The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESP is deactivated KEY OUT indicator if equipped KEY OUT When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off whilst the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle Key reminder warning chime if equipped Without smart key system If the drivers door is opened whilst the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed With smart key system If the drivers door is opened whilst the smart key is in the vehicle with the engine start stop button in ACC the key reminder warning chime will sound The chime sounds until the driver
305. ration The automatic transaxle has 4 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module Depress the brake pedal when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OTA050011R Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake Transaxle ranges pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a CAUTION The indicator in the instrument cluster forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your displays the shift lever position when the transaxle do not accelerate the ignition switch is in the ON position engine in R Reverse or any for ward gear position with the P Park brakes on Always come to a complete stop before When stopped on an incline do Shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the drive wheels from rotating not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power Use the serv ice brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed CAUTION The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park whilst
306. re are not enough space to fold the rear seat never fold it by force It will cause damage to the head rest or the related parts of the seat Before using the seat belt be sure to remove it from the holder If you pull out the seat belt whilst it s in the holder it may damage the seat belt or holder Use the holder only when there is no passengers in the rear seat or when you need to fold the rear seat 2 Insert the rear seat belt metal tab into j e the holder to prevent the seat belt form F OSA037036 i E OSA037037 being damaged 3 Lift up the front part of the seat cush 4 Lift up the rear part of the seat cushion ion 1 2 Safety features of your vehicle f OSA037039 OSA037019 08A037038 5 Move the seat cushion firmly 3 6 Lower the headrest as low as possible 8 Fold the seatback forward and down 4 firmly 5 6 7 Pull up the lock release lever 4 Safety features of your vehicle WARNING After folding the rear seat unless the driver s position is properly set according to the driver s physical figure do not fold the rear seat It may increase body injuries in a sudden stop or collision To unfold the rear seat 1 Lift and push the seatback backward firmly until it clicks into place 2 Move and push the seat cushion downward firmly to the proper position WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down
307. re seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to position the child restraint sys tem as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked position Continued Continued Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorised KIA dealer Failure to follow the above instruc tions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an acci dent Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off ina collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OTA030036R OTA030037 H OTA030039 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 2 Side impact sensor if equipped Sa
308. removal if equipped NOTICE Whilst driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OTA040013R Window opening and closing The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OTA040014R Auto down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position whilst the window is in operation pull up the switch momentarily to the opposite direction of the window movement Features of your vehicle OTA040015R Auto up down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch
309. rive over 9km h the illuminated warning light will start to blink or illumi nate until you drive under 6km h Safety features of your vehicle If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20km h the seat belt warning chime will sound for approxi mately 100 seconds and the correspon ding warning light will blink NOTICE e You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the centre fascia panel e Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will illuminate for 6 seconds e The front passenger s seat belt warn ing may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat OTA030051R Rear if equipped If the ignition switch is turned ON engine is not running when the rear passen ger s seat belt is not fastened the corre sponding seat belt warning light will illu minate until the belt is fastened And then the rear corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 35 seconds if any of fol lowing occurs You start the engine when the rear belt is not fastened You drive over 9km h when the rear belt is not fastened The rear belt is disconnected when you diver under 20km h If the rear seat belt is fastened the warn ing light will turn off immediately If the rear seat belt is disconnected when you drive over the 20km h the corre sponding seat belt warning light will blink and warning chi
310. rning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible Driving your vehicle CAUTION When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and operate your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning e Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle OTA050014R Electronic stability program ESP if equipped The Electronic Stability Program ESP system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering manoeuvres ESP checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESP applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the en
311. rol Module ABS Control Module PCB Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay ESS Relay Steering Angle Sensor Multipurpose B UPLP Back Up Lamp Switch Hear An 10A Smart Key Control Module Immobiliser Module ECM PCM Smart Key Control Module Room Lamp Relay Power Outlet Cigarette Lighter BCM Audio Low DC DC Convertor Smart Key Control Module Power Outside Mirror Switch E ER Instrument Cluster 10A A C Control Module SRS Control Module Multifunction Switch Europe Hazard Switch Except Europe 10A EPS Control Module STA Multifunction Switch Rear Wiper Motor HTD STRG 15A Steering Wheel Heater Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Symbol Fuse rating Protected Component 80A EPS Control Module 125A Alternator PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Ba 50A I P Junction Box Power Connector Fuse F1 10A F2 20A Fuse F24 10A F25 10A F26 10A F27 15A Tail Lamp Relay ENEA Projection Type E R Sub Fuse Box Fuse F1 10A F2 20A F4 15A F5 10A F7 10A 50A I P Junction Box Fuse F8 20A F9 25A F10 15A F16 15A F17 25A F18 15A F19 10A F35 10A Power Window Relay Pe E R Junction Box Fuse F11 15A Ignition Switch PDM Relay Box ESCL Relay ABS Control Relay ESP Control Relay ABS Control Relay ESP Control Relay FUSE Rear Defogger Relay O mw 0a Instrument Cluster Head Lamp RH PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp HI Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Fuel Pump 2 Relay
312. rom these vents using the vent con trol lever as shown e The outlet vents can be closed by mov ing the vent control lever to the direc tion of the arrow gt lt shown on the lever e The direction of air delivery can be adjusted by moving vent control lever to the direction preferred OTA040065 Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air OTA040066R Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position turn the control knob Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position NOTICE With the recirculated air prolonged operation of the heater in the DI position selected air from recirculated air position without air the passenger compart conditioning selected may cause fogging ment will be drawn through of the windscreen and side windows and the heating system and the air within the passenger compart heated or cooled according ment may become stale to the function selected In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi Outside fresh air position tion selected will result in excessively dry With the o
313. rosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is partic ularly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car Maintenance Eee To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the car give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame me
314. ry 120 000 km 80 000 miles C D E F G H J 1 DEAR A C D E F Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 90 000 km 60 000 miles Geri Steering gear rack linkage and boots eee ne ae CD EEG Front suspension ball joints meped more requently C DEFEG depending on the condition operation Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors Parking brake Driveshaft and boots Climate control air filter if equipped R Maintenance Maintenance item Severe driving conditions A B Extensive idling C D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive nm Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty rough roads materials or in very cold weather Driving in sandy areas More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F x Cc Maintenance al le _ _ _ Maintenance intervals Driving condition Inspect more frequently depending on the condition calice Inspect more frequently depending on the condition CDan Inspect more frequently BC DEIF depending on the condition GHJ Replace more frequently CE depending on the condition Driving in mountainous areas Towing a trailer Driving for patrol car taxi commercial car or vehicle tow ing Driving over 170 km h 106 mile h Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Driving in very cold weather Maintenance CU ______ EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MA
315. ry and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorised KIA dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations lf you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorised KIA dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorised KIA dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Don t let your
316. ry one or more of the following techniques to exit e Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual whilst simultaneously pulling on the door handle Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from out side F eatures of your vehicle Drivers door OTA040007R With central door lock switch if equipped Operate by depressing the central door lock switch When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pushing down on the rear por tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock If the key is in the ignition switch and front door is open the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of central door lock switch is pressed If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of central door lock switch is pressed WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked whilst the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unlo
317. s set the parking brake and put the shift lever in P Park 3 Have all passengers get out of the car Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tyre follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls whilst driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an autho rised KIA dealer or seek other quali fied assistance What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn t turn over or If engine turns over normally but turns over slowly does not start 1 If your vehicle has an automatic 1 Check fuel level transaxle be sure the shift leverisinN 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK Neutral or P Park and the emer OFF position check all connectors at gency brake is set the ignition coils and spark plugs 2 Check the battery connections to be Reconnect any that may be discon sure they are clean and tight nected or loose 3 Turn on the interior light If the light 3 If the engine still does not start call an dims or goes out when you operate the authorised KIA dealer or seek other starter the battery is discharged qualified assistance 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull th
318. s tf start button with smart key OTA042225L If you press the engine start stop button whilst the warning Key is not detected illuminates the warning Press the start button with smart key illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the immobiliser indicator blinks for 10 sec onds Features of your vehicle For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Low key battery OTA042213L If the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illu minates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine for automatic transaxle w Press brake pedal to E start engine OTA042217L If the engine start stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Press clutch pedal to start engine for manual transaxle Press cluich x pedal to Pe engine OTA042218L If the engine start stop button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the but ton repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start
319. s to labour Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed When the vehicle is travelling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Driving your vehicle Good driving practices e Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear e Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle e Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage e Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be dam aged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral wait three seconds then shift to the reverse position e Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Automatic transaxle ope
320. si tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily whilst you put the shift lever in P Park and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many kilometers miles you can get from a litre gallon of fuel To operate your vehi cle as economically as possible use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear e Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the
321. sibility of excess heating or burns The occupants must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm and to turn the seat warmer off In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of passen gers Infants children elderly or dis abled persons or hospital outpa tients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc OTA032052L H Rear seat entry for 3door vehicle only The front passenger s seatback should be tilted to enter the rear seat By pulling up the walk in seat lever 2 on the upper part of the front passenger s seatback the seatback will tilt forward Then push the seat forward to allow the occupants to enter By pulling up the seatback the seatback will recline and return to the original position WARNING Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving or when the passenger s seat is occupied as the seat may suddenly move and injure the passenger TTI 07030009 Seatback pocket if equipped The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s and drivers seatbacks WARNING Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets In an acci dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle o
322. side thermometer if equipped This mode indicates the outside temper ature around the vehicle The meter s working range is from 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F To change the outside temperature dis play unit C lt F press the TRIP RESET button more than 1 second in this mode Features of your vehicle OTA040044L Icy road warning light if equipped This warning light illuminates when out side temperature is below 4 C since the road may be icy at this temperature range And it turns off when outside tem perature is over 6 C If the warning light comes on whilst driv ing you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over speeding rapid acceleration sudden braking or sharp turning etc ECO Driving ECO Driving OFF OTA040045 0TA042045 ECO ON OFF mode if equipped You can turn the ECO indicator on off on the instrument cluster in this mode If you push the TRIP RESET button more than 1 second in the ECO ON mode ECO OFF is displayed in the screen and the ECO indicator turns off whilst driving If you want to display the ECO indicator again press the TRIP RESET button more than 1 second in the ECO OFF mode and then ECO ON mode is dis played in the screen When you press the TRIP RESET button less than 1 second in the ECO mode the mode is changed to tripmeter NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance t
323. sidewalls of radial tyres are thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tyres is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tyre chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 12 mm 0 47 in Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufactur ers warranty Install tyre chains only on the front tyres Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat te
324. slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making turns When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders kerbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden manoeuvres Signal well in advance Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when in fact they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trail er bulbs are still working You must also check the lights every time you discon nect and then reconnect the wires Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle s lighting system Use only an approved trailer wiring har ness An authorised KIA dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness Driving on grades Reduce the speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they wou
325. sor speed restriction 6 On off switch 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 3 Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection _ j What to do in an emergency Using the TyreMobilityKit 1 Filling the sealant Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure 1 Shake the sealant bottle 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that button 8 on the com pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor so that the bottle is upright OYN069018 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 7 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 8 With the ignition switched on Switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 3 minutes to fill the sealant The inflation pressure of the tyre after filling is unimportant 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tyre valve Return the TyreMobilityKit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an
326. sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim Windscreen Washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under cer tain circumstances Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur Windscreen washer fluid is poi sonous to humans and animals Do not drink and avoid contacting windscreen washer fluid Serious injury or death could occur PARKING BRAKE i OTAO50012 H Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard whilst fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than speci fied have the parking brake adjusted by an authorised KIA dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 Ibs 196 N Maintenance AIR CLEANER aim 3 Fa CI lt e LO gt i ee ee 07A070011L Filter replacement 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching It must be replaced when necessary and clips and open the cover should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air OTA070012 2 Loosen the air cleaner hose band by Screw driver 3 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner 4 Replace the
327. stem warning light BRAKE If both warning lights illuminate at the same time whilst driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light BRAKE Parking brake warning This warning light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released whilst the engine is running Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any autho rised KIA dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems
328. t Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Kerb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle kerb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Kerb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rat ing This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the drivers or front passenger s door sill Overloading Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency whilst driving 6 3 If the engine will not start 6 4 Emergency starting 6 5 If the engine overheats 6 7 If you have a flat tyre 6 8 If you have a flat tyre with tyreMobilityKit 6 16 Towing 6 21 Emergency commodity 6 25 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flashe
329. t harmful to the transaxle e f you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse leave the shift lever at N Neutral posi tion and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also don t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade whilst waiting for a traffic light etc e Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released whilst driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal whilst driv ing This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly CAUTION When operating the clutch pedal press the clutch pedal down fully If you don t press the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur Driving your vehicle Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traf fic or whilst driving up steep hills down shift before the engine start
330. t the vehicle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position Passenger s front air bag ON indicator if equipped The passenger s front air bag ON indica tor illuminates for approximately 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The passenger s front air bag ON indica tor also comes on when the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position and goes off after approxi mately 60 seconds eo OTA030045R Passenger s front air bag OFF indicator if equipped Rie AV The passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator also comes on when the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position and goes off when the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position Safety features of your vehicle A SRS components and functions The SRSCM continually monitors all CAUTION i The SRS consists of the following com SRS components whilst the ignition If the passengers front air bag _gonents switch is ON to determine if a crash ON OFF switch malfunctions the 1 impact is severe enough to require air passenger s front air bag OFF indi SE INES ONE Slag MOUE bag deployment or pre tensioner seat cator will not illuminate The pas 2 Passenger s front air bag Module belt deployment
331. t will play the previous channel e Saves only to the Preset memory 1 6 of FMA or AMA mode in some models 9 Button e Moves vpi Button when search ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting Program Type selection e Moves FOLDER button when search ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting Program Type selection 10 MALE Button Turn the LCD Display amp Backlight ON OFF when button press 11 Button Press this button to enter SETUP mode If no action is taken for 8 seconds it will return to previous mode In SETUP mode rotate the TUNE knob to move the cursor between items and push the TUNE knob to select Features of your vehicle e MAIN Select this ithem to enter the Scroll and SDVC setup e SCROLL Select whether long file names are scrolled continuously On or just once Off e SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Select this item to turn the SDVC feature On or Off If it is turned ON volume level is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed e MEDIA Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected RDS if available RDS menuancludes News AF Region TA Vol menu sequentially e NEWS NEWS MENU indication is pos sible with RDS MENU Turns the automatic NEWS reception fea ture ON or OFF e AF AF MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU Select this item to turn the AF Alternate Frequency feature ON or OFF
332. tachable USB AUX All in one USB AUX H Ps e When connecting the iPod use the USB AUX terminals e When disconnecting the iPod disconnect both the USB AUX ter minal e The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported Features of your vehicle 2 Button 3 SE Button RANDOM e Press the RASFAS button for less Press this button for less than 0 8 sec than 0 8 seconds to play from the onds to shuffle order of all songs in beginning of the song currently played current category Song Random Press the button for less than 0 8 sec Press this button for 0 8 seconds or onds and press it again within 1 sec longer to shuffle order of albums in cur ond to move to and play the previous rent category Album Random track e To cancel RANDOM Play press this Press the button for 0 8 seconds or button again longer to play the song in reverse So direction in po sor 4 GB Button REPEAT z a Press the button for less Using iPod than 0 8 emir move to the next i SUOR DIRSI iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or 1 EST Button iPod longer to play the song in forward direc If iPod is connected it switches to the VORIRS 30990 iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec
333. tatus If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartments Always keep the storage com partment covers closed whilst driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely OSA0470221 H OTA040084 H Glove box To open the glove box pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder pull the cover Place your sunglasses in the com partment door with the lenses facing out WARNING Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters propane cylinders or other flamma ble explosive materials in the vehi cle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop always keep the glove box door closed whilst driving CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time The cover will close when released WARNING e Do not keep objects except sun glasses inside the sunglass holder Such objects can be thrown from
334. teering wheel audio control 4 108 12 Passenger s front air bag 3 46 is GIOVG DOXe cert fon en 4 100 14 Parking brake lever 5 26 l5 Powekoullett ona 4 103 16 Cigarette lighter 4 101 17 Seat Warmer a Aan a ae 3 7 18 Drivers knee air bag 3 46 if equipped OTA010002R Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 1 0 Petrol 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 23 2 Radiator cap ee eee 7 24 3 Brake fluid reservoir 7 26 A Ar cleane r e e a a 7 30 5 Engine oikdipSt ck an ee 7 21 6 Engine oil filler cap eae 7 21 7 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 7 29 S FUSE DO 7 52 9 Positive battery terminal 7 37 10 Negative battery terminal 7 37 11 Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick 7 27 if equipped The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Fa Di ai a r om at Wil i E I 1 i 1 1 _ F OTA010003R OTA010004R Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 15 Child restraint system 3 28 Air bag supplemental restraint system 3 39 Safety features of your vehicle EN Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Driver s seat 1 Forward and rearward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height 4 Seat warmer 5 Headrest Front passenger s seat 6 Forward and rearward 7 Seatback angle
335. tely 15 km h 9 mph on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 30 km h 18 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces ESS Emergency Stop Signal The Emergency Stop Signal system alerts the driver behind by blinking the stop light when the vehicle suddenly stops or when the ABS activates in a stop The system activates when the vehicle speed is over 55km h and the vehicle deceleration is over 7m s or the ABS activates when the vehicle emer gency braking When the vehicle speed is under 40 km h and the ABS deactivates or the sudden stop situation is over the stop light will not blink CAUTION The Emergency Stop Signal system will not work if the hazard warning flasher is already on Driving your vehicle Good braking practices After parking the vehicle check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the car is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the car under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon
336. tep back whilst the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Continued Maintenance Continued Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug whilst the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing seri ous injury WARNING The electric motor cool ing fan is controlled by d engine coolant tempera a ture refrigerant pres sure and vehicle speed It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades As the engine coolant temperature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a normal condition Maintenance Recommended engine coolant For mixture percentage refer to the fol e When adding coolant use only deion lowing table ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improp Ambient er coolant mixture can result in serious Temperature malfunction or engine damage e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based z 3 coolant to prevent corrosion and freez 290 eT ng
337. terclockwise Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH MOBILE PHONE Do not use a mobile phone or per form Bluetooth settings e g pairing a phone whilst driving Some Bluetooth enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth opera tions The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth related features You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the mobile service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc If the mobile phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Continued continued Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth system or mobile service stations can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth your phone may discharge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth related operations Some mobile phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation Please save your phone name in English or your phone name may not be displayed correctly
338. the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Features of your vehicle Armed stage Using the smart key Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Turn off the engine 2 Make sure that all doors and tailgate and the engine bonnet are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handle with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights operate once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the doors won t lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds Close the door and try again to lock the doors If tailgate or engine bonnet remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if the tailgate and engine bonnet are closed the hazard warn ing lights will blink once e Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that the system is armed If any door and tailgate or engine bonnet remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors and tailgate and engine bonnet are closed the hazard warn ing lights blink once Using the transmitter Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system
339. the engine Features of your vehicle For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Shift to P position P Shift to P SHIFT position OTA042212L If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the engine start stop button will turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Press start button again ECS Press start CN button again Shift to P or N to start the engine _ Shift to P Lf or N to start engine OTA042222L If you can not operate the engine start stop button when there is a problem with the engine start stop button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button once more The chime will stop if the engine start stop button system works normally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the engine start stop button take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the system checked OTA042224L If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Ne
340. the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform safety chains electrical connector s lights tyres and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer mov ing and then apply the trailer brake con troller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electri cal connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and trailer brakes are still working Driving your vehicle Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi cle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because of the increased vehicle length you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move your hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up
341. the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off It will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If you turn on the ignition again after turn off your engine in half an hour after operating heater button the heating sys tem will be maintained in its on condi tion CAUTION Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic sol vent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and petrol Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel com ponents could occur Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object OTA040027 Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bols on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror A
342. the vehicle is in motion The presence of your hand or arm in the area could cause loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may move whilst driving inter fere with the driver and lead to an accident Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE Starting the engine with an igni tion key if equipped 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the CAUTION If the engine stalls whilst the vehi cle is in motion do not attempt to transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst turning the ignition switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You c
343. to determine the transaxle fluid level NOTICE New automatic transaxle fluid should be red The red dye is added so the assem bly plant can identify it as automatic transaxle fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze The red dye which is not an indicator of fluid quali ty is not permanent As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker The colour may eventually appear light brown Therefore have an authorised KIA dealer change the automatic transaxle fluid according to the Scheduled Maintenance at the beginning of this section Use only the specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capacities in section 8 Changing the automatic transaxle fluid Have the automatic transaxle fluid changed by an authorised KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section Maintenance i N OTA070009 Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when
344. to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Continued e If the USB device is divided by e The data in the USB memory may logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Mobile phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable Provided or sold separately USB AUX detach able cable only is required to use the iPod Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable Continued be lost whilst using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used as key chains or mobile phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle POWER PUSH VOLUME 2 0 SEEK A 1 9 M TRACK 3 4 TA_GEN_USB Using USB device 1 Button USB If USB is connected it switches to the USB mode from the other mode to play the song files stored in the USB If no
345. top 4 Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the fire After the fire appears to be out watch it carefully since it may re ignite First aid kit There are some items such as scissors bandage and adhesive tape and etc in the kit to give first aid to an injured per son Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emer gencies such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to any prob lems Tyre pressure gauge If equipped Tyres normally lose some air in day to day use and you may have to add a few pounds of air periodically and it is not usually a sign of a leaking tyre but of normal wear Always check tyre pressure when the tyres are cold because tyre pressure increases with temperature To check the tyre pressure take the fol lowing steps 1 Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is located on the rim of the tyre 2 Press and hold the gauge against the tyre valve Some air will escape as you begin and more will escape if you don t press the gauge in firmly 3 A firm non leaking push will activate the gauge 4 Read the tyre pressure on the gauge to know whether the tyre pressure is low or high 5 Adjust the tyre pressures to the speci fied pressure Refer to Tyres and wheels in section 8 6 Reinstall the inflation valve cap Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 3 Owner maintenance 7 4 Scheduled maint
346. trol system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions whilst maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications e This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or dura bility and may even violate governmen tal safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorised electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions car bon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any
347. ts refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Safety Standards of your country Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standards of your country The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seat ed in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle Safe
348. tures of your vehicle BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION if equipped 1 button Places and transfers calls 2 button Ends calls or cancels func tions 3 button Activates voice recognition 4 KORS button Raises or lowers speak er volume m What is Bluetooth Bluetooth is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset steering remote control etc For more informa tion visit the Bluetooth website at www Bluetooth com General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from mobile phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth system supports 10 types of languages o FRENCH o GERMAN o UK ENGLISH o SPANISH o DUTCH o ITALIAN DANISH o RUSSIAN POLISH SWEDISH NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth features e Only one selected linked mobile phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is requ
349. ty features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the centre of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific recommendations consult a physician Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide prop er protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or
350. tyre pres sures at the proper levels If a tyre frequently needs refilling have it checked by an autho rised KIA dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the centre of the tyre tread and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards CAUTION Warm tyres normally exceed recommended cold tyre pres sures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tyres to adjust the pres sure or the tyres will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tyre inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible CAUTION Tyre pressure Always observe the following e Check tyre pressure when the tyres are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tyre each time you check the pressure of other tyres Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tyres can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tyres have been damaged replace them Maintenance Checking tyre inflation pressure Check your tyres once a month or more Also check the tyre pressure of the spare tyre How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tyre press
351. ull out the smart key from the smart key holder Features of your vehicle Check stop lamp fuse Check stop lamp fuse OTA042226L When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect ed the warning illuminates for 10 sec onds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds in ACC Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorised KIA dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low ECO indicator if equipped ECO The ECO indicator is a system that informs you to drive economically It is displayed if you drive fuel efficiently to help you improve fuel efficiency e The ECO indicator green will turn on when you are driving fuel efficiently in the ECO ON mode If you dont want the indicator dis played you can turn the ECO ON mode to OFF mode by pressing the TRIP RESET button As per ECO ON OFF Mode operation refer to the previous page The fuel efficiency can be changed by the driver s driving habit and road con dition e
352. unroof control lever forward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily NOTICE Whilst driving with the sunroof in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet ing or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed whilst the sunroof is closing automat ically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Features of your vehicle CAUTION Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail e If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged e Whilst using sunroof for a long se time a dust between sunroof and a AE TA040024 roof panel can make a noise Tilting ine sumoo Open the sunroof and remove To open the sunroof push the sunroof regularly the dust using clea
353. ure You can not tell if your tyres are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tyres may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tyre s inflation pressure when the tyres are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile _ _ j Maintenance Remove the valve cap from the tyre valve stem Press the tyre gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pres sure measurement If the cold tyre inflation pressure matches the rec ommended pressure on the tyre and loading information label no further adjustment is necessary If the pres sure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tyre release air by pushing on the metal stem in the centre of the tyre valve Recheck the tyre pressure with the tyre gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture WARNING e Inspect your tyres frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tyre pressure gauge Tyres with too much or too lit tle pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle control and sudden tyre failure leading to acci dents injuries and even death The recom
354. uthorised KIA dealer Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID IF EQUIPPED 2 After the transaxle is warmed up suffi ciently fluid temperature 70 80 C 158 176 F for example by 10 min utes usual driving move the shift lever through all positions then place the shift lever in N Neutral or P Park position OTA070008L Checking the automatic transaxle fluid level The automatic transaxle fluid level should be checked regularly Keep the vehicle on level ground with the parking brake applied and check the fluid level according to the following proce dure 1 Place the shift lever in N Neutral posi tion and confirm if the engine is run ning at normal idle speed COLD OSA077009 3 Confirm if the fluid level is in the HOT range on the level gauge If the fluid level is lower add the specified fluid from the fill hole If the fluid level is higher drain the fluid from the drain hole 4 If the fluid level is checked in cold condi tion fluid temperature 20 30 C 68 86 F add the fluid to the COLD lime and then recheck the fluid level according to the above step 2 Maintenance RR CAUTION Low fluid level causes transaxle shift slippage Overfilling can cause foaming loss of fluid and transaxle malfunction The use of a non specified fluid could cause transaxle malfunc tion and failure NOTICE The COLD range is for reference only and should NOT be used
355. uthorised KIA dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Continued Continued Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded con tact an authorised KIA dealer Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual Safety features of your vehicle Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restrain
356. utral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Features of your vehicle For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Press start button whilst turn steering if equipped button while turn steering OTA042214L If the steering wheel does not unlock nor mally when the engine start stop button is pressed the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds once and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the engine start stop button whilst turning the steer ing wheel right and left Check steering wheel lock system if equipped rom Na steering wheellock OTA042216L If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds Steering wheel unlock Steering wheel unlocked OTA042215L If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 minutes on the LCD display If locks when the door is opened or when you p
357. utside fresh air air in the passenger compartment DI position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected Features of your vehicle OTA040068 Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan OTA040067R Air conditioning A C Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windscreen fogs up set the mode to the lt 3 or 7 position Features of your vehicle
358. vent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Program ESP system off by press ing the ESP switch After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESP system back on by pressing the ESP switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere Maintenance E Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission con
359. vice must have audio Bluetooth capabili ty such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for Kia vehicles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued Continued e When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly a ey Detachable USB AUX All in one USB AUX H
360. visual indicators on the CRS and cross check by pulling CRS with universal approval to ECE R 44 need to be fixed additionally with a top tether strap connected to the correspon ding top tether anchorage point in the back rest The installing and the use of a child seat has to be done according to the installing manual which is added to the ISOFIX seat To secure the child restraint seat 1 To engage the child restraint seat to the ISOFIX anchor insert the child restraint seat latch into the ISOFIX anchor Listen for the audible click sound CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the ISOFIX seat latch and ISOFIX anchor during the installation 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat Refer to the previ ous page Safety features of your vehicle Continued WARNING e Do not install a child restraint Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX com seat at the centre of the rear seat patine Salle SOLE SCE only to using the vehicle s ISOFIX the appropriate locations shown anchors The ISOFIX anchors are x Pe Le sai installati d only provided for the left and Ways follow the installation an right outboard rear seating posi use instructions provided by the tions Do not misuse the ISOFIX manufacturer of the child restraint anchors by attempting to attach a child restraint seat in the middle of the rear seat to th
361. wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tyre marked C may have poor traction perform ance Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tyre s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tyre to degenerate and reduce tyre life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tyre failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Maintenance FUSES Blade type A vehicle s electrical system is protected _ from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat ed in the drivers side panel bolster another is in the engine compartment If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will be melted If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi AN CAUTION cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorised KIA dealer
362. wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion warrants and allow the ABS to con trol the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces Sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system Driving your vehicle CAUTION e If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally e The ABS wa
363. where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when you turn the ignition ON or if it con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorised KIA dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be per formed by an authorised KIA dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury WARNING Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued Continued e If the air bags in
364. working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail whilst you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Seat belt warning and chime if equipped Seat belt warning light As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening For details refer to the seat belt on chap ter 3 Turn signal indicator lt The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated Your dealer should be consult ed for repairs Features of your vehicle High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Tail light indicator D 05 This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on Front fo
365. xcept Europe and 2 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots New Zealand Q Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect fuel lines hoses and connections Q Inspect tyre pressure amp tread wear Q Inspect automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect vapour hose and fuel filler cap Continued Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 75 000 km 50 000 miles or 60months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East Q Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped U Inspect battery condition Q Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Q Inspect brake fluid Q Inspect disc brakes and pads U Inspect exhaust system Q Inspect front suspension ball joints Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Q Inspect tyre pressure amp tread wear Q Replace air cleaner filter For China India Middle East Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Except Middle East Brazil Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter For Middle East Brazil Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12months 3 Q Add fuel additives Every 15 000 km or 12months For Europe and New Zealand every 5 000 km or 6months Except Europe and New Zealand Maintenance a_i NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 90 000
366. xplains what the letters and num bers in the tyre size designation mean Example tyre size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tyre size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle 175 50R15 75H 175 tyre width in millimeters 50 Aspect ratio The tyre s section height as a percentage of its width R tyre construction code Radial 15 Rim diameter in inches 75 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tyre can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 5 5JX15 5 5 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 15 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance eee Tyre speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tyres The speed rating is part of the tyre size designation on the sidewall of the tyre This symbol corresponds to that tyre s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph Above 240 km h 149 mph 3 Checking tyre life TIN Tyre Identification Number
367. y Continued e Children age 12 and under must Continued e Sitting improperly or out of posi the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear Impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Continued always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimise the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag whilst the vehicle is in motion Continued tion can result in serious or fatal Injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat b
368. y are the same size as your original tyres ESP OFF usage When driving e ESP should be turned on for daily driv ing whenever possible e To turn ESP off whilst driving press the ESP OFF button whilst driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESP OFF button whilst ESP is operating ESP indicator light blinks If ESP is turned off whilst ESP is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control NOTICE e When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESP is turned off ESP OFF light illuminat ed e Turning the ESP off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC if equipped Hill start Assist Control is a comfort func tion The main intend is to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards whilst driving off uphill on an inclined surface HAC holds the braking pressure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the drivers inten tion to drive off NOTICE e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESP is off but it does not activate when the ESP has malfunctioned Vehicle stability management VSM if equipped Th
369. y cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb s Use only the bulbs of the specified Removing installing the headlight hen wattage assembly can result in damage to Headlight position light turn sig eee nal light front fog light bulb N CAUTION replacement Be sure to replace the burned out sx NOTICE Type A bulb HO Gius of HUIS CELLE SEUEEE After driving in heavy rain or washing 1 Front turn signal light rating Otherwise it may cause a si l l d h the vehicle headlight and taillight lenses 2 Headlight High Low amage to the fuse or electric i ees 4 ae wiring system could appear frosty This condition is 3 Position light DRL LED type or i caused by the temperature difference Position light LED type between the lamp inside and outside 4 Front fog light This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn t indicate a problem with your vehicle If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry have the vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer OTA070025 Maintenance Wi OTA070042 0HD076046 Type B 1 Front turn signal light 2 Headlight High Low 3 Position light Bulb type 4 Front fog light or DRL or Front fog light DRL if equipped
370. y depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces WARNING Brakes Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances Continued Continued e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to safely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly whilst maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you don t check the position of the accelerator and brake pedal before driving you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilst th
371. y turned on as the CD is inserted e This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD e If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit SCAN 9 no AST SETUP CLOCK PUSH AUDIO MPa GE Ouuetoetn FILE TUNE TA_GEN_CD 8 Ries Button Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 9 Me Button Displays the information of the current song e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title Artist Total Track e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total Files Not dis played if the information is unavailable on the CD or file 10 WELLS Knob amp GN Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode 11 Button Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the fold er displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to par ent folder of the current folder and dis play the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the fold er displayed Features of your vehicle NOTE
372. y whilst driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating e When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips e f the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape e To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system e During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic e Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system
373. your clothing or on the Car Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low the battery may rupture or explode What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 lf the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the jump start connector 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to the negative terminal of the jump start connector 4 Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections N CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the boost
374. ze tyre Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset Tyre traction Tyre traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tyres tyres that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces tyres should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tyre maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tyre wear If you find a tyre is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tyres installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tyre life Additionally a tyre should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance E 1 1030B04JM Tyre sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tyre and also provides the tyre identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tyre in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 tyre size designation A tyre s sidewall is marked with a tyre size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tyres for your car The following e

OWNER`S MANUAL - Ryedale Garages

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents